Government of Odisha

Housing and Urban Development Department

* * *
T P D e v 2 0 / 2 0 2 1 N o . _17995_/ H U D , B h u b a n e s w a r , D a t e d _26.10.2021__
_
ODISHA TOWN PLANNING & IMPROVEMENT TRUST (PLANNING AND
BUILDING STANDARDS) RULES, 202 1
NO T IFICAT IO N
Whereas , the following draft of certain rules which the State Government proposed to
make in exercise of the powers conferred by the sub-sections (1) and (3) of section 125 of the
Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956 (Odisha Act 10 of 1957) by
superseding the Odisha Special Planning Authority and Regional Improvement Trust
Common Planning and Building Standard Rules, 2017, was published as required by sub-
sections (1), (2) and (3) of section 127 of the said Act in the Extraordinary issue No. 1103
dated 13th July, 2021 of the Odisha Gazette under the notification of the Government of
Odisha in the Housing and Urban Development Department No.12100-TP-Dev-20-2021,
dated the 9th July, 2021 bearing S.R.O. No.218/2021 inviting objections and suggestions
from all persons likely to be affected thereby within a period of fifteen days from the date of
publication of the said notification in the Odisha Gazette;
And whereas, no objection or suggestion has been received in respect of the said draft
within the stipulated period;
Now, therefore, in exercise the powers conferred by sub-sections (1) and (3) of section
125 of the Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956, the State Government
do hereby make the following rules further in supersession to the Odisha Special Planning
Authority and Regional Improvement Trust Common Planning and Building Standard Rules,
2017 :—
 2

CHAPTER –I
PRELIMINARY

1. Short title, extent and commencement. —(1) These rules may be called the Odisha
Town Planning and Improvement Trust (Planning and Building Standard) Rules, 2021.

(2) They shall apply to the development and building activities carried out in the
area falling in the Master Plan areas under the various Planning Authorities including
Special Planning Authorities.

(3) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Odisha Gazette.

2. Definition. —(1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,—

(i) “Accreditation” means certification of competency, authority and credibility

to undertake the duties and responsibilities as assigned, after such
accreditation, to accredited person;
(ii) “Accredited person” means a Technical Person or an Architect, who has been
granted with Accreditation Certificate under these rules;
(iii) “Act” means the Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956
(Odisha Act 10 of 1957);
(iv) “Addition” or “Alteration” means change from one occupancy to another or a
structural change, such as addition to the covered area or height or the removal
of part of a building or construction or cutting into or removal of any wall,
partition, column, beam, joist, floor or other support, or a change to the fixture
of equipment of the building;
(v) “Advertising Sign” means any surface or structure with characters, letters or
illustrations applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for
the purpose of advertising or giving information or to attract the public to any
place, person, public performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or
structure is attached to, forms part of, or is connected with any building or is fixed
to the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space, or in
or over any water body included in the jurisdiction of the Authority;
(vi) “Affordable Housing Projects”, “Affordable Housing Units” and “Slum” shall
have the same meaning as defined in Policy for Housing for All in Urban
Areas, Odisha 2015 and as amended, from time to time;
(vii) “Agricultural use” means use of land for the purpose of agriculture,
horticulture, sericulture, animal husbandry, poultry farming, plant nursery,
piggery, dairy farming, vegetable farming and any activity related to
agriculture or milk chilling plant;
(viii) “Air-Conditioning” means the process of treating air so as to control
simultaneously its temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution to meet
the requirement of conditioned space;
(ix) “Air Port Reference Point” means a designated point which is established in
the horizontal plane at or near the geometric center of the landing area;
 3

(x) "Amenity" means roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play
grounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage,
drainage, public works and other utilities, services and conveniences;
(xi) “Annexure” means an Annexure appended to these rules;
(xii) “Apartment” or “flat” means a dwelling unit in a building;
(xiii) “Apartment building” means building/s having more than eight dwelling units
constructed in one block only;
(xiv) “Applicant” means the person who is the owner of the land or building or has
a title over the land or building and includes, —
(a) an agent or trustee who receives rent on behalf of the owner;
(b) an agent or trustee who receives rent or is entrusted with or is
concerned with any building devoted to religious or charitable
purpose;
(c) receiver, executor or administrator or a manager appointed by any
Court of competent jurisdiction to have the charge of or to exercise the
rights of the owner; and
(d) a mortgagee in possession;
(xv) “Approved” means approved by the Authority;
(xvi) “Architect” means a person whose name for the time being entered in the
register of Architect maintained under section 23 of the Architects Act, 1972;
(xvii) “Assembly building” means a building or part of a building where group of
people not less than 50 congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social,
religious, patriotic, civil, political, travel and similar purposes such as, theaters,
motion picture houses, assembly halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museum,
skating rinks, gymnasium, restaurants, places of worship, dance halls, club
rooms, passenger stations and terminals of air, surface and marine public
transportation services, recreation piers and stadia, Baarat Ghar and Kalyan
Mandap etc.;
(xviii) “Authorised Officer” means an Officer authorized by the Government or
Authority, for carrying out duties and responsibilities provided under these rules;
(xix) “Authority” means the Planning Authorities and the Special Planning
Authority constituted under the Act ;
(xx) “Balcony” means a projection to serve as passage or sit out place including a
hand rail or balustrade;
(xxi) “Base FAR” means FAR, which is available to all plot owners without any
cost or charge which shall be 2.0 or as prescribed or in the Regulations,
whichever is low:
Provided that the Government, or Authority with prior approval of
Government, may in the public interest, notify a higher FAR as Base FAR;
(xxii) “Basement” or “cellar” means lower storey of a building, below or partly
 4

below the ground level;

(xxiii) “Basti area” means an area declared as such under a Master Plan and in the
absence of such declaration, any area comprising old settlements covering
such extent of lands as may be determined by the Authority in consultation
with the concerned Local Body;
(xxiv) “basti plot” means a plot having a width ranging between 4.0 meters and 6.3
meters, the depth being more than three times the width, and located in a basti
area;
(xxv) "Building" means any structure or erection or part of a structure or erection
which is intended to be used for residential, commercial, industrial or any
other purpose:
(a) "Assembly Building" refers to a building or part of a building where
group of people congregate or gather for amusement, recreation,
social, religious, patriotic and similar purposes and includes theatres,
assembly halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museum, skating rings,
gymnasium, dance hall, club rooms recreation piers and stadia;
(b) "Commercial Building" refers to a building or part of a building,
which is used for transaction of business, keeping of accounts and
records or for similar purposes and includes Banks and Commercial
Offices and Corporate offices. It shall include mercantile buildings like
shops, stores, market display and sale of merchandise either in
wholesale or retail, or offices, storage or services facilities incidental to
the sale of merchandise and includes Cinema Halls, Petrol Pumps,
Hotels, Restaurants, Clinics (without beds), Pathology Labs,
(c) Lodge-cum-guesthouses and Dharma Kantas, etc.;
(d) "Educational Building" refers to a building used for school, college or
day-care purpose for more than 8 hours per week involving assembly,
instructions, education or recreation;
(e) "Hazardous Building" refers to a building or part of a building which
is used for the storage, handling, manufacture or processing of highly
combustible or explosive materials or products which are liable to burn
with extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes, or the
storage, handling, manufacturing or processing of which involves
highly corrosive, toxic, obnoxious alkalis, acids or other liquids, gases
or chemicals, producing flame, fumes and explosion, poisonous irritant
or corrosive gasses and for the storage, handling or processing of any
material producing explosive mixture of dust or which result in the
division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition.
This shall include petrol filling stations;
(f) "Industrial Building" refers to a building or part of a building in which
products or materials of all kind and properties are fabricated,
assembled or processed such as assembly plants, laboratories, power
plants, smoke houses, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies or factories;
(g) "Institutional Building" refers to a building or part of a building which
 5

is used for purposes such as Research and Training Centre,

Public/Semi Public offices, Hospitals, Dispensaries and Health
Centers;
(h) Residential Building" refers to a building in which sleeping
accommodation is provided for normal residential purpose with or
without cooking or dining or both facilities and includes one or two or
multi-family dwelling dormitories, apartment houses, flats and hostels;
(i) "Public Utility Building" means and includes Post Office, Police
Station, Fire Station, and
(j) Telephone Exchange, sub-station, water works, Taxi Stands, Bus
Terminals, etc.;
(k) "Storage Building" refers to a building or part of building used
primarily for the storage or sheltering of goods, storehouses, hangers,
terminal depot, grain elevators, barn or stables;
(l) "Multi-Level Car Parking Building" means having floors in basement
& above ground level, primarily to be used for parking of cars,
scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicles;
(xxvi) “Benchmark Valuation” means principles of valuation of a plot of land
determined under the Odisha Stamp Rules, 1952 for the time being in force
and such other instructions issued by the Government, from time to time, in
this behalf;
(xxvii) “Building accessory” means a subordinate building, use of which is incidental
to that of a principal building on the same plot such as garage, coal or fuel
shed or for use by peons, chowkidars or domestic servants;
(xxviii) "Building envelope" means the horizontal spatial limits up to which a building
may be permitted to be constructed on a plot;
(xxix) “Building height” means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat
roofs from the average level of the center line of the adjoining street to the
highest point of the building adjacent to the street and in the case of pitched
roofs, upto the point where the external surface of the outer wall intersects the
finished surface of the sloping roof and in the case of gables facing the road,
the mid-point between the eaves level and the ridges;
Explanation. — If the building does not abut on a street, the height shall be
measured above the average level of the ground around and contiguous to the
building;
(xxx) “Building line” means the line up to which the plinth of a building adjoining a
street or an extension of a street or on a future street may lawfully extend and
includes the lines prescribed in any Master Plan in operation for any area
under the jurisdiction of the Authority or specification indicated in any Town
Planning or Development Scheme or in these rules;
(xxxi) "Cabin" means a non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing
partitions;
 6

(xxxii) “Canopy” means a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall at lintel or
slab level over any entrance, provided that—
(a) it shall not project beyond the plot line;
(b) it shall not be lower than 2.3m or 7’-6” when measured from the
ground; and
(c) there shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to
sky;
(xxxiii) "Carpet area" means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the
area covered by the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive
balcony or verandah area and exclusive open terrace area, but includes the
area covered by the internal partition walls of the apartment.
Explanation.— For the purpose of this clause, the expression "exclusive
balcony or verandah area" means the area of the balcony or verandah, as the
case may be, which is appurtenant to the net usable floor area of an apartment,
meant for the exclusive use of the allottee; and "exclusive open terrace area"
means the area of open terrace which is appurtenant to the net usable floor
area of an apartment meant for the exclusive use of the allottee;
(xxxiv) “Chajja” or “sun-shade” means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang,
usually provided for protection from sun and rain or for architectural
considerations at lintel level;
(xxxv) “Chimney” means an upright shaft containing and encasing one or more flues
provided for the conveyance to the outer air of any product of combustion;
resulting from the operation of any heat producing appliance or equipment
employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;
(xxxvi) “Commercial building” means a building or part of a building, which is used
for transaction of business, keeping of accounts and records or for similar
purposes and includes Banks, Commercial Offices, Corporate offices,
mercantile buildings like shops, stores, market display and sale of
merchandise either in wholesale or retail, or offices, storage or services
facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise, Cinema Halls, Petrol Pumps,
Hotels, Restaurants, Lodge-cum-guest houses and Dharma Kantas, etc.;
(xxxvii) “Common plot” means a single or multiple plots of land which are, reserved
during the layout approval for providing community facilities and public utilities
and 50% of the area so reserved shall be used to provide required infrastructure
for integration of public transport requirement, public washroom complexes, bus-
stops, Origin-Destination Terminals etc. and the land so required shall be
provided to the concerned Authority or any other Public Authority for building of
such public infrastructure;
(xxxviii) “Completion certificate” means a certificate issued under rule 85;
(xxxix) “"Conversion" means the change of occupancy to another occupancy or
change in building structure or part thereof resulting in change of space or use
requiring additional occupancy certificate;
(xl) “Competent Authority” means an Officer appointed as such by the concerned
 7

Planning Authority or Special Planning Authority or appointed by the

Government;
(xli) “Corner plot” means a plot at the junctions of, and fronting on, two or more
intersecting streets and in such cases, frontage would be on the street having
larger width and where two streets are of same width, then the larger side of
the plot will decide the frontage and the location of a garage on a corner plot if
provided within the open space shall be located diagonally opposite the point
intersection;
(xlii) “Cornice” means a sloping or horizontal cantilevered projection at lintel level
over any entrance or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain;
(xliii) “Country Homes” means a building in Agricultural Use zone as specified in
these rules;
(xliv) “Covered area” means in respect of ground floor, area covered immediately
above the plinth level by the building but does not include the open space
covered by, —
(a) garden, rockery, well and well-structures, rainwater harvesting
structures, plant nursery, water-pool (if uncovered), platform round
a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutara with open top unenclosed on
sides by walls, boundary wall, swing, and area covered by chajja
without any pillars etc. touching the ground;
(b) drainage, culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully pit, inspection chamber,
gutter and the like; and
(c) compound wall, gate, slide or swing door, canopy and areas
covered by chajja or similar projections and staircases which are
uncovered and open at least on three sides and also open to sky;
(d) watchmen booth, pump house, garbage shaft, electric cabin or
substations, and such other utility structure meant for the services of
the building under construction;
(xlv) “Cul-de-sac” means such means of access having length upto 150 meters with
an additional turning space not less than 81 square meters in area having no
dimension less than 9 meter.;
(xlvi) “Damp-proof course” means course consisting of some appropriate water
proofing material provided to prevent penetration of dampness;
(xlvii) “detached building” means a building whose walls and roof are independent
of any other building with open spaces on all sides;
(xlviii) “Developer” means, —
(a) a person who constructs or causes to be constructed an independent
building or a building consisting of apartments or converts an existing
building or a part thereof into apartments for the purpose of selling all or
some of the apartments to other persons and includes his assignees; or
(b) a person who develops land into a project, whether or not the
person also constructs structures on any of the plots, for the purpose
 8

of selling to other persons all or some of the plots in the said

project, whether with or without structures thereon; or
(c) any other person who acts himself as a builder, coloniser,
contractor, promoter, estate developer or by any other name or
claims to be acting as the holder of a power of attorney from the
owner of the land on which the building or apartment is constructed
or plot is developed for sale; or
(d) such other person who constructs any building or apartment for sale
to the general public; or
(e) the Authority or any other public body in respect of allottees of
buildings or apartments, as the case may be, constructed by the
Authority or such body on lands owned by them or placed at their
disposal by the Government, for the purpose of selling all, or some
of, the apartments or plots; or
(f) an apex State level co-operative housing finance society and a
primary co-operative housing society which constructs apartments
or buildings for its Members or in respect of the allottees of such
apartments or buildings;
(xlix) “deviation” means any construction made in departure from the approved plan
by way of alterations or additions, modifications in the total floor area,
coverage, floor area ratio (FAR), setbacks, height, parking space or provision
of public utilities and any other provisions of these rules;
(l) “Director” means Director of Town Planning, Odisha;
(li) “drain” means a line of pipes including all fittings and equipment such as
manholes, inspection chamber, traps, gullies and floor traps used for the
drainage of a building or a number of buildings or yards appurtenant to the
buildings within the same cartilage and includes open channels used for
conveying surface water;
(lii) “drainage” means the removal of any liquid by a system constructed for
purpose;
(liii) “dwelling unit” means an independent housing unit with facilities for living,
cooking and sanitary requirements;
(liv) “educational building” means a building exclusively used for a school or
college recognized by the appropriate Board or University or any other
Competent Authority involving assembly for instruction, education or
recreation incidental to educational use including quarters for essential staff
required to reside in the premises, and building used as a hostel captive to an
educational institution whether situated in its campus or outside and a building
for such other uses as research institution;
(lv) “enclosed stair-case” means a staircase, separated by fire resistant walls from
the rest of the building;
(lvi) “encroachment” means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of
permanent or temporary nature on a land or built-up property of other persons
 9

or local body or State or Central Government;

(lvii) “EWS House” means a house or dwelling unit intended for Economically Weaker
Sections with a carpet area of minimum 21 square meters and maximum 30
square meters or as decided by the State Government, from time to time;
(lviii) “EWS Plot” means a residential plot intended for Economically Weaker
Sections having plot area of minimum 30 square meters or more and less than
50 square meters or as may be decided by the State Government, from time to
time;
(lix) “existing building” means a building, structure or its use, as sanctioned,
approved or regularized by any Authority competent to do so, existing before
the commencement of these rules;
(lx) “existing use” in relation to use, means a building or structure existing with
due approval of the Authority before the commencement of these rules;
(lxi) “exit” means a passage, channel or means of egress from any building, storey
or floor area to a street or other open space of safety;
(lxii) “external wall” means an outer wall of a building even though adjoining to a
wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open
space of a building;
(lxiii) “Farm house” means a plot of land measuring such area as mentioned in the
rules, including construction thereon in the area designated for agricultural use
by the Authority;
(lxiv) “Farm shed” shall include permanent or temporary structures erected in the
plot used for farmhouse;
(lxv) “Fire Alarm System” means a system of arrangement of call joints or
detectors, sounders and other equipments for the transmission and indication
of alarm and sometimes used as signals for testing of circuits and whenever
required for the operation of auxiliary services and such device may work,
automatically or manually, to alert the occupants in the event of fire;
(lxvi) “fire lift” means lift specially designed for use by fire service personnel in the
event of fire;
(lxvii) “fire proof door” means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and
constructed and erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat
and fire for a specified period;
(lxviii) “fire resisting material” means the material which is normally used for fire
resistance;
(lxix) “flatted factory” means a group of small industrial units of non-polluting
nature located in a multi-storeyed building with common services and
facilities;
(lxx) “floor” means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a
building;
(lxxi) “floor Area” or “Built-up Area” means the total covered area on all floors of a
 10

house;
(lxxii) “Floor Area Ratio” (FAR) means the ratio obtained by dividing total covered
area on all the floors by the area of the plot;
(lxxiii) “footing” means the part of a structure, which is in direct contact with the
ground and transmitting loads to the ground;
(lxxiv) “Form” means a form appended to these rules;
(lxxv) “foundation” means that part of a structure, which is in direct contact with and
meant for transmitting loads to the ground;
(lxxvi) “gallery” means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an
auditorium or a hall providing extra floor area, additional seating accommodation,
etc. and shall also include structures provided for seating in stadia;
(lxxvii) “garage-private” means a building or a portion thereof designed for parking of
privately owned motor vehicles or any other vehicles;
(lxxviii) “garage-public” means a building, or a portion thereof designed or used for
repairing, servicing, hiring, selling or parking of motor driven or any other vehicles;
(lxxix) “Government” means the Government of Odisha;
(lxxx) “ground coverage” means the ground area covered by a building including
cantilevered portion on any floor but excluding the areas exempted in the
calculation of open space;
(lxxxi) “ground floor” means the storey, which has its floor surface nearest to the ground
around the building;
(lxxxii) “habitable room” means a room having area of not less than 9.0 square meters,
width 2.4 meters (min.), height 2.75 meters (min.) occupied or designed for
occupancy by one or more persons for study, living, sleeping, eating, cooking
if it is used as a living room, but does not include bathrooms, water closet
compartments, laundries, serving and storage pantries, corridors, cellars, attics
and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods;
(lxxxiii) “Hazardous Building” means a building or part of a building which is used for the
storage, handling, manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive
materials or products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity or producing
poisonous fumes, or the storage, handling, manufacturing or processing of which
involves highly corrosive, toxic, obnoxious alkalis, acids or other liquids, gases or
chemicals, producing flame, fumes and explosion, poisonous irritant or corrosive
gasses and for the storage, handling or processing of any material producing
explosive mixture of dust or which result in the division of matter into fine
particles subject to spontaneous ignition and includes petrol filling stations;
(lxxxiv) “Hazardous and obnoxious industry” means industry which creates nuisance
to the surrounding development in the form of smell, smoke, gas, dust, air
pollution, water pollution and other unhygienic conditions;
(lxxxv) “Hazardous material” means—
(a) radioactive substances;
 11

(b) material which is highly combustible or explosive or which may

produce poisonous fumes explosive emanations, or storage,
handling, processing or manufacturing of which may involve highly
corrosive, toxic, obnoxious alkalis or acids or other liquids;
(c) other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes, explosive,
poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases or which may produce
explosive mixtures of dust or fine particles capable of spontaneous
ignition;
(lxxxvi) “Heritage Zone” means the area as delineated in the Master Plan or notified by
the Authority under these rules;
(lxxxvii) “High rise building” means a building whose height is 15 meters or more;
(lxxxviii) “Hotel building” or “Hotel premises” means a premise having minimum 10
lettable rooms for lodging of and boarding of 15 persons or more on short /
long term basis;
(lxxxix) "Housing Project" means housing complex on plotted developments or having
multiple apartment blocks or multiple buildings within one premises having
more than 8 dwelling units;
(xc) “illuminated exit signs” means a device for indicating the means of escape
during normal circumstances and power failure;
(xci) “Industrial building” means a building or part of a building in which products
or materials of all kind and properties are fabricated, assembled or processed
such as assembly plants, laboratories, power plants, smoke houses, refineries,
gas plants, mills, dairies or factories;
(xcii) “Institutional building” means a building constructed by Government, Semi-
Government Organizations or Registered Trusts, buildings used for medical or
other treatment, Research and Training Centre, educational buildings, Public or
Semi Public offices, Hospitals, Dispensaries, nursing homes, poly clinics and
Health Centers or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or
care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents, destitute
or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with restricted liberty of
the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and includes
dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,
prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories;
(xciii) “Land Use Zone” or “LUZ” means use assigned to a particular plot of land in
the Master Plan or Town Planning Schemes or Land sub-division Layout as
prepared under the Act;
(xciv) “Layout” includes sub-divisional layoutand site layout;
(xcv) “Ledge”or“Tand” means a shelf-like projection supported in any manner
whatsoever, except by means of vertical supports within a room itself but not
having projection wider than 1.0 meter and at a minimum clear height of 2.1
meters from the floor level;
(xcvi) “LIG House” means a house or dwelling unit intended for low-income groups
with a carpet area of minimum 31 square meters and maximum 60 square
 12

meters or as specified by the Government, from time to time;

(xcvii) “LIG Plot” means a residential plot intended for low-income groups with a
plot area of minimum 50 square meters and maximum 100 square meters or as
specified by the Government, from time to time;
(xcviii) “Loft” means an intermediate floor between two floors or a residual space in a
pitched roof, above normal floor level with a maximum height of 1.5 meters
and which is constructed or adopted for storage purposes;
(xcix) “Low risk buildings” means a building which has been proposed to be
constructed—
(a) on a plot which is part of the layout approved by the Authority
under sub-section (3) of Section 31 or under sub-section (1) of
Section 33developed and allotted by the Government or Statutory
Bodies or is a final plot in town planning schemes or development
schemes;
(b) having the size of the plot not more than 500 square metres; and
(c) the total height of building which is not more than 10 metres
without a basement;
(c) “masonry” means an assemblage of masonry units properly bonded together
with mortar;
(ci) “Maximum Permissible FAR” means maximum limit of FAR, to the extent of
which development can be taken up on a particular plot of land as prescribed in
these rules;
(cii) “Mezzanine Floor” means an intermediate floor between two floors, above
ground level, accessible only from the lower floor;
(ciii) “MIG House” means a house or dwelling unit intended for middle-income
groups with a carpet area of more than 60 square meters and maximum 200
square meters or as specified by the State Government, from time to time;
(civ) “mitigation” means measures taken in advance of a disaster aimed at
minimizing or eliminating its impact on society and on environment including
preparedness and prevention;
(cv) “mixed land use” means mixed use of the building or premises as per
provisions of these rules;
(cvi) "mixed use building" means a building with mix of two or more uses as
specified in these rules;
(cvii) “multi-level car parking building” means a building partly below ground level
having two or more basements or above ground level, primarily to be used for
parking of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicles;
(cviii) “multiplex building” shall mean one or more cinema hall and a group of shops
or showrooms not less than 20 in number;
(cix) “mumty” or “stair cover” means a structure with a covering roof over staircase
 13

and its landing built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing
protection from weather and not used for human habitation;
(cx) “natural hazard prone areas” means areas likely to have moderate to high
intensity earthquake or cyclonic storm or significant flood flow or inundation or
landslides or mud flows or avalanches, or one or more of these hazards;
Explanation: Moderate to very high damage risk zones of earthquakes are
shown in Seismic Zones III, IV and V specified in IS:1893; moderate to very
high damage risk zones of cyclones are those areas along the sea coast of India
prone to having wind velocities of 39 m/s or more as specified in IS:875(Part 3;)
and flood prone areas in river plains (unprotected and protected) are indicated in
the Flood Atlas of India prepared by the Central Water Commission, besides,
other areas which can be flooded under conditions of heavy intensity rains,
inundation in depressions, back flow in drains, inadequate drainage, etc. as
identified through local surveys in the Master Plan of the area and landslide
prone areas as identified by State Government or Land surveys;
(cxi) “non-combustible material” means a material, which does not burn nor add
heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in accordance with good practice;
(cxii) “non-conforming use” means the use which does not conform to the zoning
regulations;
(cxiii) “No-Objection Certificate” means a Certificate issued by a Public Agency
certifying that it does not have any objection if the concerned authority
permits the applicant to carry on development;
(cxiv) “nursing home” means an establishment which is defined as such under any Act
or guidelines of Health and Family Welfare Department of State Government;
(cxv) “occupancy or use” means the principal occupancy for which a building or a
part of a building is used or intended to be used;
(cxvi) “Occupancy Certificate” means a Certificate issued by the Authority on the
basis of completion certificate and on being satisfied that the applicant has
made necessary infrastructure provisions such as electricity, water and
sanitation and certifying that the building is fit to be occupied for the intended
purpose;
(cxvii) “old settlement area” means an area declared as such under a Master Plan and
in the absence of such declaration, any area comprising of old village
settlements and covering such extent of land as may be determined by the
Authority in consultation with the concerned Local Body;
(cxviii) “old settlement plot” means a plot having a width ranging between 4.0 meter and
6.3 meter, the depth being more than three times the width and located in anold
settlement area;
(cxix) “open space”, —
(a) with respect to a plot, means an area forming an integral part of the
plot, left open to the sky;
(b) with respect to a lay-out, means community open spaces reserved
 14

for recreational purposes such as parks, playground, tot-lots, etc.;

(c) with respect to the Master Plans, means a land-use demarcated as
Open space use zone in the Master Plan;
(cxx) “overlay rules” means rules mentioned as such under these rules for specific
purpose or area or zone, which shall supersede all other corresponding
provisions of these rules to the extent provided in such overlay rules;
(cxxi) “parapet” means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or a floor
having a minimum height of 1.0 meter;
(cxxii) “parking space” means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open, of
sufficient size to park vehicles, together with a driveway connecting the
parking space with a street or any public area and permitting ingress and
egress of the vehicles;
(cxxiii) “partition” means an interior non-load bearing wall, one storey or part of a
storey in height;
(cxxiv) “performance security” means a security deposit to be deposited with the
Authority by the Builder or Developer or Applicant, as the case maybe, as per
provision of these rules;
(cxxv) “permit” means a permission or authorization given by the Authority in
writing to carry out the development as regulated by these rules.
(cxxvi) “plantation” means plantation of plants and trees;
(cxxvii) “Planning Officer” means an officer of the Authority;
(cxxviii) “plinth” means the portion of a structure between the surface of the
surrounding ground and the surface floor, immediately above the ground;
(cxxix) “plinth area” means the built-up area measured at the floor level of ground
floor;
(cxxx) “porch” means a covered surface supported on pillar or otherwise for the
purpose of pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building;
(cxxxi) “Public Agency” means an Agency under the State Government which is
notified as such and from whom No-objection Certificates are required under
these rules prior to grant of permission for development or occupancy;
(cxxxii) “public utilities” or “public utility service” means drainage, sewerage,
electricity, water supply, solid waste disposal, sanitation, fire services, roads
and any other support or infrastructure and the like for which a building has to
depend on public bodies, authorities or agencies;
(cxxxiii) “purchasable FAR” means the Floor Area Ratio (FAR) which may be allowed
to the applicant above the base FAR and up to the maximum permissible FAR
in absence of TDR certificate and shall on payment of such charges as
prescribed under these rules;
(cxxxiv) “Project Management Organization” means an Architect or a Firm of
Architects or a Firm of Architects and Technical Person registered under these
 15

rules;
(cxxxv) “ramp” means a passage with gradual slope joining two level surfaces;
(cxxxvi) "real estate project" means the development of a building or a building
consisting of apartments, or converting an existing building or a part thereof
into apartments, or the development of land into plots or apartment, as the
case may be, for the purpose of selling all or some of the said apartments or
plots or building, as the case may be, and includes the common areas, the
development works, all improvements and structures thereon, and all
easement, rights and appurtenances belonging thereto;
(cxxxvii) “receiving plot” means Revenue plot of land over which TDR certificate is
proposed to be consumed;
(cxxxviii) “residential building” means a building in which sleeping accommodation is
provided for normal residential purpose with or without cooking or dining or
both facilities and includes one or two or multi-family dwelling dormitories,
apartment houses, flats and hostels;
(cxxxix) “Resident’s Welfare Association” or “RWA” means an association, formed
under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or under Odisha Apartment
Ownership Act, 1982 or any other provision of law prescribed in this regard,
of the group of residents of a particular defined locality which may include
Housing Projects, residential township or any such inhabited areas, for
representation of its residents and for improvement and maintenance or up-
keep of infrastructure of such locality or residential areas;
(cxl) “road” means any access, that it is to say, highway, street, lane, pathway,
alley, or bridge, whether a thoroughfare or not, over which the public have
right of passage or access or have passed and had access uninterruptedly for a
specified period and includes all bunds, channels, ditches, storm water drains,
culverts, side tracks, traffic islands, road side trees and hedges, retaining walls,
fences barriers and railings within the road line;
(cxli) “road width” or “width of road or street” or “right of way of road or street”
means the whole extent of space within the boundaries of a road when applied
to a new road or street as laid down in the city survey or Master Plan or
prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at right angles to the
course or intended course of direction of such road;
(cxlii) “room height” means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor
level to the finished ceiling;
(cxliii) “row housing” means a row of contiguous houses with only front and rear
open spaces;
(cxliv) “Scrutiny Committee” means a Committee constituted and notified as such by the
concerned Authority for the purpose of these rules;
(cxlv) “section” means section of the Act;
(cxlvi) “semi-detached building” means building detached on three sides (front, rear
and side) with open spaces as specified under these rules;
 16

(cxlvii) “sending Plot” means Revenue plot of land or part thereof which is proposed to
be surrendered to Competent Authority in lieu of TDR certificate;
(cxlviii) “service area” means such non-habitable spaces required for accommodating
service equipment and machinery related to building services such as electrical
and allied installations, air-conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation,
plumbing services, sewerage treatment plant, solid waste management facilities,
utility and ventilation shafts /ducts and any other such utilities and services;
(cxlix) “service floor” means a storey of maximum 2.40 mtrs. height below the beam
between any two storeys above ground floor to be allowed in case of more
than four storied buildings for running electrical cables, water or sewerage
lines, service ducts or AC ducts and services and their maintenance only;
(cl) “service lane” means a lane provided at rear or side of a plot for service purposes;
(cli) “service road” means a road or lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot
for service purpose;
(clii) “set back” means the distance between the plinth lines of the building and the
boundary of the plot;
(cliii) “settlement” means a human settlement, whether urban or rural in character
which includes inhabited villages, towns, townships, cities and the notified
areas which is under the jurisdiction of the Authority;
(cliv) “side depth” means horizontal distance between the front and rear side boundaries;
(clv) “site” means a parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries;
(clvi) “site with double frontage” means a site having frontage on two streets other
than corner plot;
(clvii) “site layout” means carving out a final plot from a parcel of land, comprising
of one or more than one revenue plots into a buildable site with a provision for
streets giving adequate access to the proposed site, other boundary plots and
roads and drains as per Master Plan leaving a common plot for common
utilities and other public infrastructure development;
(clviii) “smoke stop door” means a door for preventing or checking the spread of
smoke from one area to another;
(clix) "special building" means all buildings like assembly, industrial, buildings used
for wholesale establishments, hotels, hostels, hazardous, mixed occupancies
with any of the aforesaid occupancies and centrally air conditioned buildings
having total built up area exceeding 500 square meters;
(clx) “spiral staircase” means a staircase forming continuous winding curve round a
central point or axis provided in an open space having tread without risers;
(clxi) “standard building plan” means a residential building plan of low risk building
category, prepared and approved by the authority for such standard-size
residential plotswhich is part of the layout approved by the Authority under sub-
section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 of the Act or developed
and allotted by the Government or Statutory Bodies or is a final plot in town
planning schemes or development schemes:
 17

Explanation. —standard-size residential plots in the context of standard building plan

shall mean a plot of such dimensions/size, abutting such road width and located in
such areas/villages/zones, as may be specified in the standard building plans;
(clxii) “stilt floor” means a floor supported by pillars with all four sides open to be
used for parking, switch room, generator room, society room and information
room with minimum height of 2.4 meter;
(clxiii) “storage building” means to a building or part of building used primarily for
the storage or sheltering of goods, storehouses, hangers, terminal depot, grain
elevators, barn or stables;
(clxiv) “storage space” means a space where goods of non-hazardous nature are
stored and includes cold storage and banking safe vaults;
(clxv) “store room” means a room used as storage;
(clxvi) “storey” means the space between the surface of any floor and the surface of
the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it then the space between
any floor and the ceiling next above it, but shall not include a mezzanine floor;
(clxvii) “sub-divisional layout” means division of a plot or parcel of land, with or
without amalgamation of revenue plots, into two or more final plots after
providing for streets, roads and drains as per Master Plan, right of way for
utilities, common plot, open space etc. as per norms specified;
(clxviii) “supervisor” means a person having Diploma in Architectural Assistantship or
Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent qualification;
(clxix) “Technical Person” means a Civil Engineer or a Structural Engineer or a
Mechanical Engineer or an Electrical Engineer or a Town Planner or a
Surveyor or any other person having specialized skills, which are
required for planning, development and construction of buildings and who is
not registered under provisions of any Act, Rules or Regulation;
(clxx) “tenements” means room or rooms in the occupation of, or meant for the
occupation of one tenement;
(clxxi) “Through Block Linkage” means a non-motorised, open-to-sky public path or
walkway within the block (i.e., land parcel, defined by public streets on all
sides) to provide shorter access to pedestrians and Non-Motorised Transport
(NMT) and to improve walkability;
(clxxii) “to abut” means to abut on a road so that any portion of the building is on the
road boundary;
(clxxiii) “transit priority corridors” means major public streets which will be prioritized
by public agencies for providing public transport systems including mass
transit systems;
(clxxiv) “Transferable development rights certificate” (TDR certificate) means a
certificate issued by the Competent Authority to an owner or a lessee of the
land permitting him to exercise transferable development right in accordance
with the provisions of these rules;
(clxxv) “unauthorized construction” means the erection or re-erection, addition or
 18

alternation which is not approved or sanctioned by the Authority;

(clxxvi) “Underground or Overhead Tank” means an underground or overhead water
tank, constructed or placed, to store water;
(clxxvii) “unsafe building” means buildings which are structurally and constructional
unsafe or in-sanitary or do not provide adequate means of egress or which
constitute fire hazard or are otherwise dangerous to human life or property or
which, in relation to existing use, constitute a hazard to safety, health or public
welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment;
(clxxviii) “ventilation” means the supply of outside air into a building through window
or other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from
temperature or vapour pressure differences (or both) between inside and
outside of the building;
(clxxix) “verandah” means space with at least one side open to the outside with the
exception of one-meter parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side;
(clxxx) “water closet(W.C.)” means a privy with arrangement for flushing the pan
with water but does not include a bath room;
(clxxxi) “watercourse” means a natural channel, or an artificial channel formed by
draining or diversion of a natural channel meant for carrying storm and
wastewater; and
(clxxxii) “window” means an opening to the outside other than a door, which provides
all or part of the required light or ventilation, or both to an interior space;

(2) Words and expressions used in these rules, but not defined, shall have the same
meaning as respectively assigned to them in the Act and any other rules made thereunder or
in the National Building Code of India, as amended, from time to time.

CHAPTER –II.
ADMINISTRATION

3. Applicability of rules. —Subject to the provisions of the Act, these rules shall apply
to —

(a) all development, redevelopment, erection and or re-erection of a

building as well as to the design, construction of, or reconstruction
and additions and alterations to a building.
(b) all parts of the building whether removed or not, and in case of
removal of whole or any part of the building;
(c) the remaining part of the building after demolition and work
involved in demolition in case of demolition of whole or any part of
a building;
(d) all parts of the building affected by the change in occupancy of a
building; and
(e) use of any land or building where sub-division of land is undertaken
or use of land or building is changed.
 19

4. Applicability to existing buildings. —(1)The construction of any building in

respect of which permission has been issued before coming into force of these rules shall,
continue to be validly made and the said permission shall be deemed to have been issued
under the corresponding provisions of these rules.

(2)Where any building has been constructed without an approved plan under the Act,
the provisions of these rules shall be insisted upon.

(3)Where any building has been constructed with deviation of an approved plan under
the Act, the provisions of these rules shall be insisted upon, except for the provisions
relating to the norms of compounding where benefit of compounding under earlier rules or
regulations of the concerned Authority, under which approval was given would have been
extended:

Provided that where the benefit of compounding is allowed, the charges for such
compounding shall be as per regulations in operation.

5. Registration of Technical Persons. —No person shall be eligible to prepare and

submit building plans on behalf of the applicant for the purpose of obtaining permission
under these rules unless such technical person is registered under the provisions of any rules
made under the Act or the Odisha Development Authorities Act, 1982 or under any other
Act or rules made there under as a Registered Technical Person.

6. Power to Accredit. — The Authority shall have the power to accredit any registered
Technical person or Architect, under provisions of these rules, who shall be designated as
Accredited Persons of the Authority.

7. Application for Accreditation. — (1) The Competent Authority shall invite

applications, through a public notice for the purpose of accreditation, at least once in a year.

(2) Any registered Technical Person or Architect, as the case may be, apply in response to
such public notice to the Competent Authority, in Form I.

(3) The application shall be accompanied by fees of Five Thousand rupees only.

8. Grant of Accreditation Certificate. —(1) The Competent Authority on

recommendation of Accreditation Committee, may either grant or refuse an
Accreditation Certificate within sixty days from last date of receipt of application:

Explanation: - For the purpose of these rules, the expressions “Accreditation

Committee” means a committee consists of not more than five members nominated by the
concerned Authority:

Provided that the Competent Authority before refusing to grant Accreditation

Certificate to a person shall give a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

(2) The Competent Authority shall grant to the registered technical person or Architect, an
Accreditation Certificate in Form II.

(3) Before issue of an Accreditation Certificate, the applicant shall execute an agreement
 20

with the Competent Authority.

(4) The agreement shall have provisions for performance of duties and
responsibilities as assigned to Accredited Persons under these rules along with performance
security and other matters, as decided by the Authority, from time to time.

9. Duration of Accreditation. — (1) The Accreditation Certificate shall remain valid

for the period of three years from the date of issue of the same, unless otherwise cancelled or
suspended.

(2) The Accreditation Certificate may be renewed for a further period of three years on an
application to be submitted before its expiry period on payment of fees equal to one half of
the fees as payable for grant of Accreditation certificate under sub-rule (3) of rule 8:

Provided that the validity of Accreditation Certificate shall be coterminous to that of

cancellation of Registration Certificate under the provisions of these rules.

10. Qualification and Experience.— (1) For the purpose of accreditation, Architect
or Technical Person, as the case may be, must have experience of at least five years in
preparation of building plans, supervision of construction of buildings.

(2) The Accredited Persons shall maintain an office, which shall be accessible by general
public on any of the working days between 10.00 A.M. to 5.00 P.M.

11. Duties and responsibilities of Accredited Persons. —(1) On behalf of authority, it

shall be the duty of the Accredited Person to take up site and field verifications, as required
for approval of building plan by him:

Provided that it shall be the duty of the applicant to ensure that the respective
Accredited Person take up site and field verifications and submit report in Form III to the
Authority at the stage of foundation level, plinth level and roof casting for each floor of the
building which has been permitted and further, on completion of the building, applicant
must ensure that a Completion Certificate is issued by the Accredited Person in Form IV and
submitted to the Authority for verification and issuance of occupancy certificate.

(2) The fees as applicable shall be collected by the Accredited Person and deposited with
Authority within 30 days.

(3) The Accredited Persons shall also give information approved by him in Form V to the
Authority.

12. Inspection by Accredited Person. —(1) The Authority may assign the work of
conducting an independent inspection with respect to ongoing building operations being
taken up within the jurisdiction of the Authority to any accredited person; for such
inspection. Accredited Person shall submit a report on his findings to authority.

(2) The fees and charges payable to an Accredited Person by Authority for such inspections
shall be as per the terms and conditions of the agreement, entered between the Authority and
such Accredited Person.
 21

13. Failure to meet Standards of Performance. — (1) In case, an Accredited Person

fails to take up any work as required to be performed in discharge of his professional duties
as prescribed under any Act or rules or regulations made thereunder, then the Competent
Authority may, after giving reasonable opportunity of being heard to the Accredited Person,
cancel the Accreditation Certificate granted under these rules.

(2) The cancellation of the accreditation may be done by the Competent Authority after an
enquiry is conducted on the allegation made against the Accredited Person, for failure to
meet standards of performance, misconduct or otherwise:

Provided that the cancellation shall be done only on recommendation of

Accreditation Committee:

Provided further that pending enquiry, the Competent Authority shall have the
power to suspend the Accreditation Certificate, if the same is not in public interest.

14. Maintenance of Register. — (1) The Competent Authority shall maintain “Register
of Accredited Persons” in Form VI wherein the details of all persons to whom
Accreditation Certificates have been issued shall be entered including the facts on
suspension or cancellation, as the case may be.

(2) A copy of the updated register shall be made available on official website of State
Government, Director and Authority.

15. Appeal— Any Accredited person being aggrieved by the decisions of the Competent
Authority, may prefer an appeal to the Authority within thirty days from the date of such
decision.

16. Project Management Organization.— Every applicant, who applies for

permission as required under sub-section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 of
the Act for Buildings other than low risk building shall engage a Project Management
Organization to carry out duties and responsibilities as given under these rules:

Provided, that in case of any Department of Central or State Government or an

authority of the Central or State Government established or constituted under any law for the
time being force it is not required to engage Project Management Organization but their in-
house Architects and Technical persons, shall carry out the duties and responsibilities as
assigned to the Project Management Organization, under these rules.

17. Agreement for Building Operations. — For the purpose of taking up services of
Project Management Organization for building operations of the buildings other than low
risk building, an applicant shall enter into an agreement with any of the Project Management
Organizations.
 22

18. Project Management Services. —The agreement between the applicant and
Project Management Organization shall include the scope of services and provisions for
Project Management Services which shall be in conformity with scope of services as
defined by Council of Architecture; from time to time, for providing comprehensive
architectural services:

Provided that, it shall be the duty of the applicant to ensure that Project Management
Organization engaged by him for this purpose takes up site and field verifications and
submit report in FormVII to the Authority at the stage of foundation level, plinth level and
roof casting for each floor of the building which has been permitted by the Authority for
erection of new buildings.

Provided further that, on completion of the building, applicant must ensure that a
Completion certificate in Form IV is issued by the PMO and submitted to the Authority for
verification and issuance of occupancy certificate.

Explanation: - The applicant will be responsible for ensuring compliance to

provision of various Acts, rules, regulations, and codes made thereunder, which control or
provide for various norms governing development including but not limited to planning
norms, fire safety norms, environmental norms, as applicable in each case.

19. Change of Project Management Organization. — The applicant may change the
Project Management Organization, at any time, provided that the applicant shall submit to
the Authority details of the new Project Management Organization and copy of the
agreement entered between the Applicant and new Project Management Organization along
with the copy of the receding agreement within sevendaysof such change.

20. Failure to meet Standards of Performance.— (1) In case the Project

Management Organization fails to take up any work as required to be performed in
discharge of their professional duties under any Act or rules, then the same shall be treated
as failure to meet the prescribed standards of performance and in such a case, the Competent
Authority or his authorised officer may direct the applicant to change the Project
Management Organization within fifteen days of issue of such directions failing which
permission granted may be revoked after giving reasonable opportunity of being heard.

(2) If the development taken up by the applicant contravenes any provisions of the Act,
rules and regulations made under the Act or any other Codal provisions applicable for
building operations, then action will be initiated against the applicant and an officer of the
authority duly authorised for the purpose may issue such directions as required under the law
and may revoke the permission granted after giving reasonable opportunity of being heard.
 23

21. Information on Technical Persons. —The Project Management Organization shall

submit to the Authority at the time of submission of the application for permission
made under rule 74 or rule 106, as the case may be, a copy of the Registration Certificate of
Technical Persons or Architects as applicable, along with such applications.

22. Issues of duplicate certificates. —The duplicate of the Registration

Certificate or Accreditation Certificate may be issued respectively by the Registering
Authority and the Authority, on payment of fee one hundred rupees:

Provided that prior to grant of duplicate certificate, the Registering Authority or the
Authority, as the case may be, shall be satisfied that the reasons for issuance of such
duplicate certificate is genuine and has arisen out of mutilation, damage, destruction, theft or
loss or otherwise, of the original certificate.
 24

CHAPTER –III
GENERAL
Part I (Land use and Zone)

23. Zoning Regulations. —(1)In the Master Plan various Land Use Zones (LUZ) are
indicated with their specific boundaries and these land use zones shall be regulated in
accordance with the provisions of the Table No. 1 herein after provided.

24. Different uses of Land. —(1) Permission for different uses shall be accorded for
principal use earmarked in the different zones as described in column (c) of Table No. 1.

(2)Permission for different uses specified in column (d) of Table No. 1 shall be
accorded on special consideration by the MP and BP Committee and reasons for such
consideration shall be recorded in writing and it is further provided that Authority may
prescribe terms and conditions including levy of fees and charges for guidance of the
committee for consideration of such cases.

(3)The activities specified in column (e) of the said Table No. 1 shall not be permitted
in the areas reserved for particular uses.

(4)The purposes which are not specified in column (c), column (d) and column (e) of
the Table No.1 shall be interpreted by the MP and BP committee on basis of such analogous
entries in these columns.

(5)Developments may be permitted on recommendation of MP and BP Committee in

the open space LUZ if the following conditions are satisfied along with other conditions of
these rules, namely: —

(i) the land is a stitiban land and not a leasehold land;

(ii) the coverage is not more than 50%;

(iii)the height is not more than 7.0 meters; Provided that if applicant reserves 40%
of the area as public open space then the above said restrictions shall not apply:

Provided further that such 40% public open space shall be surrendered by way of
free gift to the Authority for development of community space, public park, playground etc.:

Provided also that the Competent Authority shall have the discretion to combine two
or more such surrendered plots of land to form one large contiguous plot of land and may
also allow exchange of such surrendered plots with other landowners in similar land use
zones so as to form a contiguous bigger plot of land for public use after such reservation.
And while doing so principles followed for the purpose of implementation of Town
Planning Scheme, shall be taken into consideration.

(6)Mixed use of the building, may be permitted in a particular zone on a plot size of
500 square meters and above and abutting a road of width of minimum 12 meters:

Provided that the principal use of the building shall cover not less than 2/3rd of the
total floor area and other permitted uses shall not exceed 1/3rd of the total area. However,
 25

for FAR over and above Base FAR, the applicant will have the option to change the above
proportion subject to minimum 1/3rd of built-up area towards principal use.

(7)Subject to the provisions contained in rule 87,the following provisions shall be

applicable for all constructions in Special Heritage Zone earmarked in the Master Plan,
namely: —

(i) the maximum height of the building shall not exceed 15 meters; and
(ii) all proposals for development over an area of more than 500 square meter or
ten-meter height or both shall only be considered on recommendations of the
MP and BP committee with representation from the Archaeological Survey of
India and the Odisha State Archaeology.

(8)Sub divisional Layouts shall be permitted in Environmentally Sensitive Zone, if the

following conditions are satisfied along with other conditions of these regulations, namely:
—

(i) the minimum size of the plot shall be more than 2 Ha;
(ii) the minimum width of approach road as required under these rules shall not be
less than 12 meters;
(iii) no relaxation on required width of approach road specified for sub divisional
layouts shall be permitted;
(iv) the proposal for development shall only be considered on recommendation of
MP and BP Committee with representatives from Water Resource
Department, State Pollution Control Board and Public Health Engineering
Department.
(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary to the provisions specified in these
rules all other conditions applicable for Sub divisional layout shall be
applicable.

(9)Construction of building shall be permitted in Environmentally sensitive Zone, if the

following conditions are satisfied along with other conditions of these rules, namely: —

(i) the minimum size of the plot shall be 4000 square meters;
(ii) the minimum width of approach road shall be 12 meters;
(iii) the maximum coverage shall not exceed 40% of the area;
(iv) the proposal for development shall only be considered on recommendation of
MP and BP Committee with representatives from Water Resource
Department, State Pollution Control Board and Public Health Engineering
Department.
(v) approval of building plan on a sub-plot within such sub-divisional layout
which has been approved as per the provisions prescribed under sub-rules (8)
shall be considered as per provisions of these rules without the restrictions
specified under Clause (i) to (iv) above.
 26

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
1. All types of Residential
activities
2. Hostel, Boarding and lodging
houses 1. Shopping Mall &
Multiplex 1. Use/activity not
3. Night shelters, dharamshalas,
2. Places of compatible to
guest houses entertainment, cinema the land use
4. Services for households halls
2. Heavy, large
(saloon, parlors, bakeries, 3. Restaurants and hotels
and extensive
sweet shop, dry cleaning, 4. Tourism related
industries,
services
internet kiosk, etc.) noxious,
5. Markets for retail
5. Retail shopping obnoxious and
goods
6. Neighborhood level Social, hazardous
6. Petrol Filling Stations
industries
cultural and recreational 7. Motor vehicle
repairing workshop/ 3. Warehousing,
facilities with adequate
garages, storage godowns
parking provisions of perishables,
8. Colleges and research
7. Community centers, club, institutions hazardous,
auditoriums 9. IT, IT enabled services inflammable
Residential Use Zone (R)

8. Marriage and community 10. Stadiums, shooting goods,

range wholesale
halls mandis, junk
11. Storage of LPG
9. Educational buildings yards
cylinders
1. (nursery, primary, high – 12. International 4. Workshops for
school) conference center buses
10. Health clinics, yoga centers, 13. district battalion 5. Slaughter
dispensaries offices, houses
14. Burial grounds,
11. Library and gymnasiums 6. Hospitals
15. forensic science
12. Exhibition and art galleries treating
laboratory
contagious
13. Places of worship 16. Sewage treatment
diseases
14. Municipal, state and central plants
17. Solid Waste Treatment 7. Sewage disposal
Government offices
Plant/Composting 8. sites
15. Outdoor and indoor games
Sites 9. Solid waste
16. Public utilities and building 18. Water treatment plants dumping
except service and storage 19. Printing presses grounds
yards, electrical distribution employing not more
10. Zoological
depots and water pumping than 10 persons
garden,
20. Godowns/warehousing
stations botanical
of non-perishables
17. Nursery and green houses. garden, bird
21. Consulates
sanctuary
18. Police posts/station and post 22. Hospital
offices. 23. Public Bus depots
19. Banks and professional
offices not exceeding one
 27

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
floor.
20. nursing homes and health
centers (20beds)
21. Household industries if the
area for such use does not
exceed one floor and there
shall be no public display of
the goods.
22. Bus stops, taxi stands,3
wheeler/auto stands,
rickshaw stands
23. Parks and tot-lots
1. Retail business, mercantile 1. Polluting
2. Commercial center industries
3. Residential uses 2. Heavy,
4. Service garages extensive,
5. Banks and financial services noxious,
and stock exchanges obnoxious,
1. Associate Wholesale
Retail Commercial and Business Use Zone (C-1)

6. Printing presses employing hazardous and

Storage Yards
not more than 10 persons. extractive
2. Weigh bridge
7. Perishable goods markets industrial units
3. slaughter houses,
8. 20 bedded Hospitals 3. Hospitals/
4. Sewage treatment
9. Business and research
plants
10. Professional Offices laboratories
5. Solid Waste
11. Solid Waste treating
Treatment Plant
2. 12. Treatment contiguous
6. Hospital with more
13. Plant/Composting diseases
than 20 beds
14. Sites 4. Poultry farms,
7. Agricultural uses,
15. Private institutional offices, dairy farms,
storage of perishable
Govt. and 5. Sewage’s
and inflammable
16. semi-Government offices disposal sites,
commodities
17. Shops and shopping malls solid waste
8. District battalion
18. Commercial services dumping
offices
19. Colleges, polytechnics and grounds
higher technical institutes 6. Quarrying of
20. Restaurants and hotels gravel, sand,
21. Sports complex and stadiums clay and stone
22. Transit Home 7. Zoological
23. Hostels, boarding houses gardens,
 28

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
social and welfare botanical
institutions guest houses gardens and
24. Convenience and bird sanctuary
neighborhood shopping 8. Use/activity
centers, local shopping not compatible
centers, weekly and formal to the land use
markets, bakeries and
confectionaries
25. Cinema halls, theatres,
banquet halls, auditorium
26. Places of entertainment,
recreational uses and
museums
27. Convention centers
28. Marriage and community
halls, night shelters
29. Public utilities, telephone
exchanges
30. Clinics and nursing homes,
Hospitals
31. Religious places
32. Petrol Pumps
33. Police posts/station and post
offices
34. Residential projects
35. IT and IT enabled services
36. Commercial institutes,
research and training
institutes
37. Parking lots, Taxi stands, 3-
wheeler/auto stands,
rickshaw stands
38. Picnic Hut
39. Forensic science laboratory
1. Wholesale and retail business 1. Truck terminal, bus 1. Use/activity not
Use Zone (C-
Commercial
Wholesale

2. Wholesale and storage depots and parking, compatible to the

buildings Freight terminal land use
2)

3.
3. Service centers, garages, 2. Warehousing, storage 2. Polluting
workshops godowns of perishable, Industries
 29

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4. Banks and financial, services inflammable goods, 3. Large scale
5. Government and Semi coal, wood, timber storage of
Govt.offices yards hazardous and
6. Associated residential uses, 3. Non- polluting, other
residential, apartment nonobnoxious light inflammable
7. Commercial and business industries materials except
offices and work places 4. Junkyards in areas,
8. Petrol pumps and service 5. Gas installation and gas specifically
stations on roads of 30 meter works earmarked for the
9. or more ROW 6. Railway yards and purpose
10. Godowns, covered storage stations, road freight
and warehousing stations
11. Weigh bridges
12. Bus stops, taxi stands,
13. 3-wheeler/auto stands,
rickshaw stands
14. Parking spaces
15. Restaurants
16. Water treatment
17. Plants
18. Public utilities
19. Police station/ posts, post
office
1. Heavy, extensive and
other obnoxious,
1. All kind of nonpolluting hazardous industries
industries subject to the
2. General business approval of the
Industrial Use Zone (I)

3. Industrial Research Institute Odisha Pollution

4. IT and ITES 1. Use/activity not
2. Control Board
5. SEZs notified by compatible to
3. Recreational sports or
4. Government of India the land use
centers
6. sports/stadiums/ playgrounds 4. Technical Educational 2. Irrigated and
7. Cold storage and ice factory sewage farms
5. Institutions, Schools
8. Loading, unloading spaces and colleges
9. Warehousing, storage and 6. Junkyards,
depots of non-perishable and 7. Sewage disposal
non- inflammable works, electric power
commodities plants, service stations
 30

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
10. Gas godowns 8. Religious buildings
11. Govt semi –govt. 9. Major oil depot and
12. private business offices, LPG refilling plants
13. Wholesale business 10. Residential building in
establishments non-polluting
14. Banks, financial institutions industrial area,
and other commercial offices 11. Affordable Housing
15. Petrol filling station with 12. Gas installations and
garages and service stations gas works
16. Bus terminals and bus depots 13. Helipads
and workshops 14. Hotels, motels, guest
17. Parking, taxi stands, 3- houses
wheeler/auto stands,
rickshaw stands
18. Residential buildings for
essential staff and for watch
and ward
19. Public utilities
20. Agro-based industries, dairy
and farming
21. Workshops garages
22. Industrial Housing,
23. Museum, Hospitals and
medical centers,
24. Social buildings
1. Government offices, 1. Use/activity
Public and Sem-public Use Zone (PS)

2. Central, state, local and semi- not compatible

Government, public to the land use
undertaking offices 2. Heavy,
3. Residential 1. Workshops for extensive and
4. Commercial and IT services servicing and repairs other
5. Defense quarters 2. Processing and sale of obnoxious,
5.
6. Universities and specialized farm products hazardous
educational institutions, 3. Bus and Truck Industries
colleges, schools, research terminals, helipads 3. Slaughterhouse
and development centers s
7. Social and welfare centers 4. Junkyard
8. Libraries 5. Wholesale
9. Hostels, transit mandies
 31

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
accommodation 6. Dairy and
10. Nursery and kindergarten, poultry farms
welfare center farmhouses
11. Retail commercial including
12. Entertainment and
recreational complexes
13. Open air theater, playground
14. Residential club, guest house
and Hotels
15. Parking areas, taxi stands, 3-
wheeler/ auto stands,
rickshaw stands
16. Hospitals, health centers,
dispensaries and clinics
17. Social and cultural institutes
18. Religion buildings
19. Conference halls
20. Community halls, kalyan
mandap, dharamshala
21. Museums, art galleries,
exhibition halls, auditorium
22. Police stations, police lines,
jails
23. Local state and Central Govt.
offices uses for defence
purpose
24. Educational and research
institutions
25. Social and cultural and
religious institution
26. Local municipal facilities
27. Uses incidental to Govt.
offices and for their use
28. Monuments
1. Post offices, Telegraph 1. Warehouse/storage 1. Use/activity not
Service Use
Utility and

Zone (U)

offices, public - utilities and godowns compatible to

6. buildings 2. Health center for the land use
Service industry public and staff or any 2. Heavy,
2. Water Treatment Plant, other use incidental to extensive and
 32

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Sewage Treatment Plant, public utilities and other obnoxious,
Solid waste Treatment Plant services hazardous
solid waste dumping grounds 3. Residential use industries
3. Radio transmitter and 4. Truck terminals,
wireless stations, helipads
telecommunication centers, 5. Commercial use center
telephone exchange 6. Institutional building
4. Information/ Payment kiosk
5. Water supply installations
6. Sewage disposal works
7. Service stations
8. Cremation grounds and
9. cemeteries/burial ground
10. Power plants/ electrical
substation
11. Radio and television station
12. Fire stations
1. Specialized parks/ maidans 1. Public assembly halls
for multipurpose use 2. Restaurants, picnic
2. Building and structure huts, holiday resorts
ancillary to use permitted in 3. Entertainment and
open spaces and parks such recreational complexes
as stands for vehicles on hire, 4. Community hall,
taxis and scooters 5. library
Open Space Use Zone (OS)

3. Commercial use of transit 6. Residential club, guest

nature like cinemas, circus house
and other shows 7. Camping sites
1. Use/activity not
4. Regional parks, district 8. Yoga and meditation
7. compatible to the
parks, playgrounds, centers
land use
children's parks 9. Commercial uses
5. Open Parking areas, Caravan center
parks 10. Special education
6. Stadiums, areas
7. Shooting range, sports 11. Institutional
training centre 12. Bus and railway
8. Swimming pools passenger terminals
9. Botanical and Zoological 13. Public utilities and
garden, bird sanctuary facilities such as police
10. Green belts post, fire post, post
 33

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
11. Animal racing or riding and telegraph office,
stables health center for
12. Open air cinemas/ theatre players and staff
13. Open air theatre, theme
parks, amphitheatres
14. Residential
1. All types of roads
2. Way side shops and
restaurants
3. Railway stations and yards
4. Airport
5. Bus stops and Bus and Truck
Terminals
6. Taxi stands, auto stands,
rickshaw stands, Ferry ghats
1. Authorized/ Planned
7. Institutional Use
Vending areas
8. Parking areas
2. Incidental/ ancillary
Transportation Use (T)

9. Multi-level car parking

residential use
10. Filling stations, Transport
3. Emergency health care
offices, booking offices 1. Use/activity not
centre
8. 11. Night shelter, boarding compatible to the
4. Tourism related project
houses, land use
5. All ancillary
12. Banks, Restaurants
(complimentary) uses
13. Commercial use
for above categories
14. Workshops and garages
(subject to decision of
15. Automobile spares and
the Authority)
services Godowns,
16. Warehouses, Storage depots
17. Loading and unloading
platforms (with/without cold
storage. facility, weigh
bridges)
18. Utility networks (drainage,
sewage, power,
telecommunications)
1. Agriculture and Horticulture 1. Houses incidental to 1. Use/activity not
Agricultur

Forest Use
Zone (A)

2. Parks and other recreational this use. compatible to the

e and

9.
uses 2. Wayside shops and land use
3. Dairy and poultry farming, restaurants 2. Heavy, extensive,
 34

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
milk chilling center 3. Cottage industries obnoxious,
4. Storage, processing and sale 4. Hospital for infectious noxious and
of farm produce and contagious diseases, hazardous
5. Agro Serving, agro mental hospital after industries
processing, Agro business clearance from the 3. Any activity
6. Dwelling for the people Authority which is creating
engaged in the farm (rural 5. Burial and nuisance and is
settlement) crematorium grounds. obnoxious in
7. Farm houses and accessory 6. Ice factory, cold storage nature
buildings, 7. Service industries 4. For notified
8. Country Homes accessory to obnoxious forest lands, only
9. Afforestation and hazardous industry afforestation is
8. Godowns and ware permitted
houses
9. Normal expansion of
land uses only in the
existing homestead land
10. Soil testing lab
11. Solid waste
management sites,
Sewage disposal works
12. Electric substation
13. Quarrying of gravel,
sand, clay or stone
14. Building construction
over plots covered
under town planning
scheme and conforming
uses
15. Brick kilns and
extractive areas
16. Eco-tourism, camping
sites,eco-parks, eco
lodges, Special outdoor
recreations (permissible
by the Competent
Authority)
1. Rivers, canals 1. Fisheries 1. Use/activity not
Bod

Zon
Use
ies

10.
2. Streams, water spring 2. Boating, water theme compatible to the
 35

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
3. Ponds, lakes, Reservoir 3. parks, water sports, land use
4. Wetland, Water lagoons, Public Projects
logged/marshy area, of entertainment parks
aquaculture pond as per approved plan of
Government.
4. Water based resort
5. with special by-laws
6. Any other use/activity
incidental to Water
bodies Use Zone
1. Restoration of protected and
enlisted monuments and
precincts by the concerned
Authority only (ASl/ State
Archaeology)
2. Heritage interpretation centre,
art galleries and sculpture
complex
3. Recreational, Theme Parks,
4. Archeological Parks/Gardens.
Special Heritage Zone (SH)

5. Amphitheatres, Open Air

Museums 1. Use/activity not
6. Residential and Public semi- 1. Any other compatible compatible to the
public use land use
11.
7. uses, Commercial activities Multiplex, Shopping 2. Dumping ground
8. Educational and Mall Sewerage
9. research Institutions Treatment Plant
10. Auditorium
11. social and cultural
12. institutions, Hospitals and
health centers
13. Craft based cottage
14. industries
15. Hotels, guest houses, lodges,
resorts
16. camping sites, special
training camps
17. Multi-Level Parking
12. 1. River side green areas, River 1. Hospitals and health 1. Use/activity not
S
y

e
 36

I.1.1.1 Table 1: Land Use Permitted/Prohibited in different Land Use Zones

Uses/Activities
Sl. Use Permissible on Uses/Activities
Uses/Activities Permitted
No Zone recommendation of MP Prohibited
and BP Committee
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
front developments 2. Institutions compatible to the
2. Scenic value areas, Theme 3. Educational technical, land use
parks, yoga parks, sports research institutes of 2. Plotted Housing
centers and community higher order 3. Small industries
3. recreational areas, 4. Water Treatment or small
4. sculpture complex, 5. Plant, Sewage institutions
5. lagoons and lagoons 6. Treatment Plant,
6. resort, 7. Solid waste Treatment
7. water sports, Plant solid waste
8. Art academy, dumping ground
9. music pavilions 8. Micro Composting
10. media centres, 9. Site
11. food courts, 10. Apartment buildings
12. Parking areas, having 100% stilt.
13. visitor facilities 11. Plotted Development
14. Existing village settlements, Scheme with minimum
Existing residential or other 2 Ha area
uses 12. Development between
15. Boating, Picnic huts, river, stream, canal and
16. Camping sites Special the embankment with
Training camps clearance of Water
17. Tourist and pilgrim related Resource
commercial activities, hotels 13. Department or any
and lodges other competent
18. Non-polluting, agrobased authority
and processing industries, 14. International
Storage or Godowns for food convention centre
grains 15. Kalyan Mandap
16. Resorts

25. Restriction on Permission. —Without prejudice to any other stipulation in these

rules, no permission to construct a building on a site shall be granted, —

(i) in areas of natural waterways or drains, as detailed in the Master Plan, and
drainage plan as modified from time to time;
(ii) if the use to which the site is proposed to be put does not conform to the Land
Use Zones as earmarked in the Master Plan or uses as earmarked in the
approved layout plan;
 37

(iii) if the building is to be constructed over or under a municipal drain, sewerage

line, electrical line, water main, any other Government or public land, or
public utility services;
(iv) if the foundation of the external wall along a street is located at a distance less
than 0.5 meters from the edge of the street or road margin including the drain;
(v) if all Structural Plans are not prepared taking into account, the Seismic Zone
of the area.

26. Distance from Electric Lines. —As provided in clause-6.4 of Part-III of the
National Building Code of India, no verandah, balcony or the like shall be allowed to be
erected or re-erected or any additions or alterations made to a building within the distances
mentioned in Table No.2 below in accordance with the provisions made under the Electricity
Act, 2003 between the building and any overhead electric supply line:

Table No. 2: Minimum distance from the electric line

Sl. Vertical distance
Type of voltage line Horizontal distance in meters
No. in meters
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Low and medium voltage lines and
1 2.5 1.2
service lines
High voltage lines up to and including
2 3.7 1.2
11,000 Volt
High voltage lines above 11,000 volt
3 3.7 2.0
and up to and including 33,000 Volt
3.7
(Plus 0.3
meters for 2.0
Extra high voltage line beyond 33,000
4 every (Plus 0.3 meters for every additional
Volt
additional 33,000 volts or part thereof)
33,000 volts or
part thereof)

27. Plantation. — (1) Provision for plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of plot area for plot sizes more than 115 square meters and
planted within the open spaces of the plot.

Note. — The existing trees within the plot shall be considered for this purpose.

(2)Where trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation for felled trees in the ratio 1:3 (i.e.,
planting 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) within the premises shall be done and maintained.

(3)Choice of species for plantation on site and abutting the road to be adopted as per
section 8 of the Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014.

(4)At least 50% of the open spaces shall be pervious and use of grass pavers, paver
blocks with at least 50% opening, landscape would be considered as pervious surface.
 38

28. Means of access. — (1) Every building or plot shall abut on a public or private
means of access like streets, roads duly formed of width as specified in these rules.

(2)In no case, development of plots shall be permitted unless it is accessible by a public

or private street of width not less than 6 meters, unless specified otherwise.

(3)In case of roads having less than 6m and reflected in Revenue Mouza map/
Municipal roads shall be considered.

(4)In case of non-high rise, institutional, administrative, assembly, industrial, mixed-use

buildings, and other non-residential and non-commercial activities the minimum road width
shall be 9 meters

(5)In case of non-high rise, hotels, restaurants, office complex, shopping complex/mall,
LPG storage, multi-storey car-parking, the minimum road width shall be 9 meters:

Provided further that, in case of pre-primary school/kindergarten/crèche, the MP &

BP committee may relax the road width criteria to 9 meters, considering the site condition
and requirement of such facility in the area.

(6)In case of high-rise buildings, the minimum road width shall be 12 meters

(7)In case of a private road, which gives access to one or more buildings, the owner of the
said private road shall develop the road and storm water drain as required by the Local Authority
and transfer the same by way of deed of gift to the local body for maintenance.

29. Minimum setbacks for low risk buildings. —(1) The minimum setbacks
permissible in a given size of plot for low risk building shall be as mentioned in Table No.3
below:

Table No. 3: Minimum setbacks for low-risk buildings

Total cumulative Total
Sl. Min Front cumulative
Plot size Front and rear
no setback
Setback side Setbacks
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Upto 115 Sq.m
1 1.0 m. — 0m
(≅ Upto 1200 Sq. ft)
above 115 -170 sq.m
2 1.0 m. 2.0 m. 0m
(≅1200 - 1800 Sq. ft)
above 170 –225 sq.m
3 1.0 m. 2.0 m. 1.5 m
(≅1800- 2400 Sq. ft)
above 225 - 300 Sq.m
4 (≅ above 2400 Sq. ft and upto 3200 1.5 m. 2.5 m. 2.0 m.
Sq.ft)
above 300 sq.m and upto 500 Sq.m
5 (≅ above 3200 Sq.ft and upto 5300 1.5 m. 3.0 m. 3.0 m.
Sq.ft)
 39

(2)The width of a required setback on any one side shall be maintained for the entire
length of that side and cannot alternate from one side to the other.

30. Minimum setbacks and maximum ground coverage for other than low risk
buildings. —(1) For other than low risk buildings, the open spaces around the building and
ground coverage shall be as given in Table No. 4 below:

Table No. 4: Minimum setbacks and maximum ground coverage for other than low-risk
buildings
Minimum Setbacks on Maximum permissible
Sl. Height of the building
all sides Ground Coverage
no (in meters)
(in meters) (%age of total plot area)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

1 Up to 12 2 —

2 More than 12 & less than 15 3 —

3 15 and up to 18 4.5 50%

4 More than 18 & up to 40 6 40%

5 More than 40 9 40%

Note: In case of high-rise buildings the exterior open space around a building for a width of 7.5
meters shall be kept unbuilt except where the open space requirement is less than 7.5 meters, the
entire specified open space shall be kept unbuilt. It shall be constructed of hard surface capable of
taking load of fire engine weighing up to 45 tonnes.
(2) For Institutional buildings, the minimum setback around the building shall be 3.00
meters;

(3) In case of Assembly buildings, the open space in front shall be not less than 12
meters and the other open spaces around the building shall not be less than 6 meters:

Provided that, in specific assembly buildings where higher setback is prescribed in

the National Building Code of India or Indian Standard (IS) Code or any other law for the
time being in force governing such building activities then the higher prescribed setbacks
shall be provided in such buildings:

Provided further that the front open space shall be relaxed up to 6m. in buildings
with total assembly area of 1000 square meter:

Provided further that, for such assembly buildings for which fire safety certificate is not
mandatory under the provisions of Odisha Fire Prevention & Fire Safety Rules, 2017, as
amended, from time to time, the setback around the building shall be as specified in Table No. 4.

(4) For Storage and warehousing buildings, in case of plots up to 500 square meter area,
for which fire safety certificate is not mandatory, the open spaces around the building shall
not be less than 3 meters and for plots of more than 500 square meters area, the open spaces
around the building shall not be less than 4.5 meters;
 40

(5) In case of Industrial buildings, the open spaces around the building shall not be less
than 4.5 meters for heights up to 15 meters, with an increase of 0.25 meter for every increase
of 1 meter or fraction thereof in height:

Provided that for IT and ITES buildings and flatted factories, the minimum setback
for building height above 15 meters shall be as specified in Table No.4:

Provided further that, for such industrial buildings for which fire safety certificate is
not mandatory under the provisions of Odisha Fire Prevention & Fire Safety Rules, 2017, as
amended, from time to time, the setback around the building shall be as specified in Table
No. 4;

(6) In case of Hazardous occupancies, the open spaces around the building shall not be
less than 6 meters;

(7) In case, the height of the buildings specified under sub-rule (2) to (6) requires a
higher set-back under sub-rule (1), then the provisions of Table No. 4shall be applicable for
such buildings.

31. Open Space between buildings. — The width of open space between the buildings
on a plot shall be the setback specified in rule 29 and 30 for the tallest building subject to a
minimum of three meters and the minimum width of internal road shall be 6 meters.

32. Floor Area Ratio. — (1) The Floor Area Ratio (F.A.R) for all category of buildings
shall be decided on the basis of the road width on which the plot and site abuts as specified
in Table No.5 below:

Table No. 5: FAR as per existing road width

Sl. no Road width (in meters) Base FAR Max permissible FAR
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 Less than 6 1.50 1.50
2 6 or more& less than 9 2.00 2.00
3 9 or more& less than 12 2.00 3.00
4 12 or more& less than 18 2.00 4.00
5 18 or more& less than 30 2.00 5.00

6 30 or more& less than 60 2.00. 6.00

7 60 and above 2.00. 7.00

(2) For residential or commercial buildings on plot size of 115 Sq.m (≅ 1200 Sq. ft) or
less and building height of maximum 10 meters shall be permitted without any FAR
limitation:

Provided that, if the building height on such plot exceeds 10 meters, then the
provisions specified in Table No.5 shall be applicable.
 41

(3) The Authority shall allow use of FAR beyond Base FAR on production of TDR
certificate or on purchase of FAR (purchasable FAR), provided that the total FAR shall be
limited to the maximum permissible FAR available on the plot:

(4) The Authority with prior approval of the State Government may notify a subsidised
rate of purchasable FAR for projects in public interest within Transit Oriented Zone, Mixed
Use Zone or any other area as may be decided by the Authority.

(5) Additional 25% F.A.R. above the maximum permissible FAR shall be allowed for
projects taken up in the Transit Oriented Zone or Mixed-Use Zone, subject to following
conditions, namely: —

(i) the plots/ project site abuts roads having width of 18 meters or above;
(ii) plot size is more than 2000 square meters;
(iii) this FAR will be available over the Base FAR on production of TDR
certificates or on payment of charges which are equivalent to charges
prescribed for purchasable FAR;
(iv) the on-site infrastructure shall be provided by the developer for zero-discharge
of sewage, waste water and storm water within the site and provide
infrastructure within the site for waste segregation and 100% composting of
organic waste.

(6) For optimum utilisation of available urban land and infrastructure which has been
developed and to achieve compact development, the Authority may prescribe, by
notification, standards of minimum intensity of development in terms of minimum FAR that
shall be used for one or any category of following plots:

(i) All projects on Government land in consultation with the State Government.
(ii) On specific streets or zones or areas within the municipal limits.

(7) FAR shall not include, —

(i) Basements or cellars and space under a building constructed on stilts and used
as a parking space, and air conditioning plant room used as accessory to the
principal use;
(ii) Electric cabin or substation, watchman booth of maximum size of 10 square
meters with minimum width or diameter of1.732 meters, pump house, garbage
shaft, space required for location of fire hydrants, electric fittings and water
tank, society room of maximum 12 square meters;
(iii) Projections and accessories buildings specifically exempted from the open
space or setback requirement;
(iv) Balconies above 17.5 meter building height in high rise buildings at roof slab
level of 1.2 m. width and area not exceeding 3.5 sqm per bedroom but not
exceeding 2 in number per flat;
 42

(v) staircase room and lift rooms above the topmost storey architectural features
(such as louvers, pergolas, shading devices), and chimneys and elevated tanks
of dimensions as permissible under the National Building Code of India;
(vi) Note. —The area of the lift shaft shall be taken only on one floor;
(vii) any architectural roof top structures would also be permitted out of FAR if not
used for habitable or commercial purposes;
(viii) service floors and service area on habitable floors shall not be counted in FAR
if it adheres to the provisions of these rules;
(ix) Atrium or Atria at any floor will be counted only once in the FAR and the
atriums shall be permitted as per the provisions of the National Building Code
of India;
(x) building elements such as sky bridges and landscape terraces which are meant
for community purposes only shall be permitted free of FAR;
(xi) firefighting shaft (fire tower), fire stair case area and fire refuge area; and
(xii) the space in stilt in the building constructed for EWS housing and used for
community facility without enclosures.

33. Permitted use of Land under Transferable Development Rights. —(1) Where a
scheme has not been notified under these rule 130, the Authority shall issue TDR certificate,
if a part of the plot proposed for development is required for widening or further extension
of existing roads or drains proposed in the Master Plan or the said road or drain is under
implementation:

Provided that, the aforesaid land shall be surrendered to the Authority for the award
of TDR certificate and the Authority shall issue the TDR Certificate to the applicant as per
the general terms and conditions for issuance of Transferable Development Rights,
prescribed under rule 129.

Provided further that, in such case, the applicant may apply for issue of TDR
certificate. In accordance with the Provisions provided in Chapter V of these rules
notwithstanding the facts that the scheme has been notified under these rules.

(2) In case, a part of the land proposed for development is affected by proposed roads
or drains in the Master Plan and where provisions of sub-rule (1) are not applicable, then the
applicant shall submit an undertaking in FormVIII, to surrender the land to the Authority or
local body or agencies of Government, as and when required by the Authority and to keep
the said land undeveloped:

Provided that, the undertaking shall accompany a clear sketch showing the portion
of the land in respect of which the undertaking is given and also enclose the photos of the
stakeholder(s), Power of Attorney Holder(s), as the case may be, with identification
document.

(3) In case of sub-divisional layouts, where the land reserved for roads and open spaces
is required to be surrendered to the local body, subject to provisions specified in Table No. 6
below, the applicant shall be entitled to be issued TDR certificate, after development of the
 43

roads, open spaces and public utilities in all respect and after mutation of land so
surrendered in the name of the local body and issue of Record of Right:

Provided that the applicant shall apply for issue of TDR certificate prescribed in rule
129to these rules along with the copy of the registered deed of gift and copy of Record of
Right issued after mutation and the same shall be deemed to be applied under Transferable
Development Rights and all other provisions shall be applicable:

Provided further that sub-rule (1) to (6) and (8) to (13) of rule 130 shall not be required
in above cases.

Provided also that, the provision of sub-rule (1) of rule 129 shall be superseded to the
extent provided under this rule.

Table No. 6: TDR incentive for roads and open spaces provided in the sub-division layout
Sl. Award of TDR amount
Category of land reservation
No. (FAR for the surrendered plot)
(a) (b) (c)
1 Roads with minimum RoW of 12m 0.10

2 Roads with minimum RoW of 18m 0.20

3 Roads with minimum RoW of 24m and above 0.30

Organised Open Spaces of minimum width not

4 less than 10 meters on any side and contiguous 0.20
area of not less than 500 Sq.m
Note: The applicant shall show the area and length under each type of road in tabular format with
proper indexation in the layout plan, to be eligible to avail the TDR certificate.

(4)In transit-oriented zone and mixed-use zones under the overlay rules TDR
incentives equivalent to FAR of 2 .00 shall be awarded for the area surrender towards the
land under public open space, setback area and through block linkage.

34. Off Street Parking Space. —(1) In all buildings including Apartment buildings,
Housing Projects, Hotels, Restaurants and Lodges, business buildings, commercial
buildings, Institutional buildings like hospitals, educational buildings like schools and
colleges, high rise building or complexes and in all other non- residential buildings,
provision shall be made for parking spaces as per the requirements as given in the Table No.
7 below:

Table No. 7: Off Street Parking Space for Different Category of Occupancies
Parking area to be
Sl. provided as percentage
Category of building/ activity
No. of total built-up area
towards FAR
(a) (b) (c)
 44

Multiplexes, Cineplexes, Shopping Malls,Cinema Halls, Kalyan

1 Mandaps, Banquet Halls, Auditorium, Stadium, Sports Complex, 40
Gymnasium, Convention Halls and clubs
Restaurants, Local Retail Shopping, Convenience Shopping,
Banks, Commercial and Corporate Office, Mercantile Buildings
2 like shops/stores/ market display and sale of mercantile either 30
wholesale or retail stores, IT / ITES Complexes, Community
Centres and Hospitals

Table No. 7: Off Street Parking Space for Different Category of Occupancies
Parking area to be
Sl. provided as percentage
Category of building/ activity
No. of total built-up area
towards FAR
(a) (b) (c)
Residential Apartment buildings ,Housing Project, Guest
Houses, Dharmasalas, Hostels, Work-cum-Residence, Lodging,
3 25
Boarding, Institutional , Hotels , Clinics, Nursing Home,
Industrial Buildings
4 Storage Godown. 20

Note..—
(i) Parking to be provided at ground level, basement or stilt floor. Permissible
services in these areas shall not be accounted for parking;
(ii) In commercial and public & semi-public buildings, minimum 15% of the total
parking space shall be demarcated for two-wheeler parking and minimum 2%
of the total parking space shall be demarcated for bicycle parking. The bicycle
parking space shall be equipped with bicycle parking rack, to which parked
bicycles can be securely attached;
(iii) For residential apartments and housing projects, for the dwelling units in
EWS/LIG category; parking requirement shall be calculated at minimum of
10% of total built-up area of such dwelling units;
(iv) Mandatory parking shall not be required to be provided, in case of residential
buildings having 4 dwelling units or less and 20% parking space shall be
provided, in case of residential buildings, exceeding 4 dwelling units and upto
8 dwelling units; and
(v) Surface parking for differently abled persons for all buildings specified under
rule 43 shall be provided as per the provisions prescribed in Annexure-III.

(2)The parking spaces may be provided in for all schemes and which shall be—

(i) in Basements or cellars; or

(ii) on stilt floor; or
 45

(iii) on open parking area; or

(iv) exclusive multi-level parking; or
(v) on roof top parking in case of commercial, IT, ITES and Corporate building;
or
(vi) a Stacked or Multi-level or Automated parking.; or
Explanation. —For Stacked or Multi-level or Automated parking, the number
of Equivalent Car Space (ECS) accommodated shall be specified in the
parking plan and the area for 1 ECS in such parking shall be taken as 15
square meters for parking area calculation purpose; or
(vii) in a combination of any or all of the above.
Explanation. —For parking purposes, single basement shall be allowed in case
of plot size of 500 square meters or more, and multiple basements shall be
allowed in case of plot size of 1,000 square meters or more. The roof top
parking with car lift shall be allowed only in case of plinth area or roof area of
2,000 square meters or more.

(3) Parking spaces shall be paved and clearly marked and signages specifying the same
shall be placed conspicuously for different type of vehicles, namely, 4-wheeler, 2 wheeler,
bicycle, and e-vehicle, physically challenged.

(4) Off-street parking spaces shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a street and
the area of drives, aisles and such other provisions required for adequate manoeuvring of vehicles.

(5) All open parking shall be constructed with permeable material and provisions of
Rainwater Harvesting and ground water recharging shall be provided for such parking area.

(6) If the total off-street parking space required under these rules is provided by a
group of property owners at a place not more than 300 meters for their mutual benefit, such
parking spaces may be construed to have met the off-street parking requirement, subject to
the approval of the Authority and if the Authority decides to develop such parking spaces,
the cost of the development shall be proportionately charged from the property owners
according to their share in such parking space.

(7)Garage with locking facilities shall be included in the calculation of floor space for
determining the requirement of parking space, unless this is provided in the basement of a
building or under a building constructed on stilts with no external walls.

(8)The parking spaces to be provided shall be in addition to the open spaces (setback)
required around a building under these rules and parking may be provided in the front open
space and other side open spaces without reducing the clear vehicular access way to less
than 6.0 meters and 7.5 meters, respectively, for non-high rise and high-rise buildings.

(9)Misuse of the area specified for parking of vehicles for any other purpose shall be
summarily removed or demolished by the Authority.

(10)In the case of parking spaces provided in basement(s) and upper storey of parking
floors, at least two ramps of width and slope as per Table No.8 shall be provided, located
 46

preferably at opposite ends.

Table No. 8: Requirements for ramp for vehicles
Maximum Minimum Maximum
One way Two-way
Sl Type of continuous width of ramp slope of
ramp width ramp width
No. Vehicle ramp length landing ramp
(in meters) (in meters)
(in meters) (in meters) (in meters)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)
1 LMV 3.0 6.0
2 LCV 4.5 9.0 40 6 1:8
3 HMV 6.0 12.0
4 Fire tender 7.5 40 6 1:10
Explanation. —
(1) Such ramps may be permitted in the side and rear setbacks after leaving 6 meters space for
movement of firefighting vehicles;
(2) The parking of vehicles at different level may also be mechanized; and
(3) In case of underground/multistoried parking, special measures with regard to fire safety shall
be taken in compliance to Part 4-Fire and Life Safety of NBCI.
(4) Ramp also to be provided in setback area (not less than 4.5 m having one way and shall not be
less than 6m in case of two ways) which can be sloped considering unhindered movement of fire
Engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than 1:10.

(11)Up to 20%of basement or stilt may be utilized for utilities and non-habitation
purpose like A/C plant room, Generator room, Electrical installations, laundry.

(12)At least 10%of the parking in housing Projects, apartment buildings shall be
earmarked for visitors and such parking facility shall be open to all visitors and in all other
cases, not more than 1/3rd of the mandatory parking shall be reserved for staff or own use.

(13)In respect of Apartment Building, on plot area up to 750 square meters, the parking
requirement shall be deemed to be met if the entire stilt floor is left for parking.

Note. —WC/Toilet facility may be provided for watch and ward in the stilt floor.

(14)The Competent Authority may also prescribe guidelines for integrating off-street
parking facilities with City Level Smart Parking Management System, if any.

(15)To cater to requirements of charging for electric vehicles, minimum 30% of parking
spaces of new developments in the following types or a mix of the following types shall
have facilities to enable Electric Vehicle charging points and such points shall be shown
clearly in the building plan with proper indexation.

(a) Parking spaces in projects more than 1 acre;

(b) Parking spaces in high-rise buildings;
(c) Parking spaces in multi-level car parking (MLCP) projects:
Provided that the Authority may change the minimum requirement of 30% of parking
spaces for EV charging facility in accordance with relevant policy of the Government.
 47

(16)The Competent Authority, as and when required, may direct the owner to install and
operationalize the Electric Vehicles charging facilities as per the locations shown in the
building plan and the technical, operational and any other requirements for such Electric
Vehicles charging facility shall be as per guidelines notified by the Authority, from time to
time.

35. Interior open space.— (1)At least one side of all the rooms intended for human
habitation, if such room does not abut on the front or the rear or the side setbacks, shall abut
on an interior open space whose minimum area in cases of non-high rise buildings shall not
be less than 9 square meters with no side less than 2 meters and in high rise buildings, the
width of the interior open space shall be increased at the rate of one meter for every
additional 3 (three) meters height.

Explanation. — For removal of doubt it is hereby declared that this provision shall
be applicable to all categories of buildings, including residential, apartment, commercial,
institutional, administrative, assembly.

(2) For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms ventilation shafts shall be
provided with size and specifications as provided in the National Building Code of India.

36. Height exemption of a building. —The following appurtenant structures shall not
be included in the height of the building, namely:—

(i) roof tanks and their supports (with support height not exceeding 1 meter);
(ii) Ventilating, air conditioning, lift rooms and similar service equipment’s;
(iii) Staircover (mumty) not exceeding 3.0meter in height;
(iv) chimneys, parapet walls, roof top swimming
poolandarchitecturalfeaturesnotexceeding2.5meter in height;
(v) height of the ceiling of the upper basement roof not exceeding 1.5 meter from
the average surrounding ground level; and
(vi) stilt floor, if the height of the ceiling of the stilt floor roof is notexceeding2.4
meter.
Note: The provision under rule 39 shall not exempt any of the provisions regarding
the NOC given by Airports Authority of India or National Monument Authority or State
Archaeology, as the case maybe.

37. Exemption in open space. — (1) Every open space provided either in the interior or
exterior in respect of any building shall be kept free from any erection thereon and shall be
open to the sky and no cornice, roof or weather shade of more than 0.75 meter in width shall
overhang or project over such open space.

(2) A portico of up to 2.5 meters width and 4.6 meters length with a minimum height of
2.4meters from the plinth level may be permitted within the side setback.

(3) A garage is permissible at the rear end of side open space where no openings are
located on the side and rear boundary:
 48

Provided that access to the top of the portico or garage shall not in any way affect the
privacy of the neighbouring plot.

(4) The portico provided as above shall not rest on the boundary wall and shall be
opened to provide through access to the rear:
Provided that where the portico is not a cantilevered one and supported by pillars, the
area shall be included in the FAR.

(5) A guard room, electric cabin, sub-station, area for generator set, ATM of area less than 10
square meters may be allowed in the open space, provided no exemption shall be allowed on
minimum setback area.

(6) Ledges of width not more than 1 meter shall be permitted without obstructing the clear
vehicular access way to less than 6.0 meters for non-high-rise buildings and 7.5 meter for
high rise buildings up to height of 15 meter.

38. Basement or Cellar. —(1) Basements or cellars shall not be permitted in low lying
area and areas without adequate drainage facilities to ensure drainage from the basement and
basement shall not be allowed in flood prone areas.

(2) Construction of basements or cellars may be allowed by the Authority in accordance with
the provisions contained in the Master Plan applicable to the concerned area.

(3) The basements or cellars shall only be put to the following uses, namely: —

(i) Storage of house hold or other non-combustible materials;

(ii) strong room, bank cellars;
(iii) installation of air-conditioning equipment’s and other machines used for
service and utilitiesof building;
(iv) parking places, in case of plot size of 500 square meter or more;
(v) library, study room, games room and laundry only in case of residential and
institutional buildings; and
(vi) such medical facilities which are permitted by Atomic Energy Regulatory
Board (AERB) in hospital buildings.

(4) Individual residential and small commercial buildings (plot size maximum 500
square meters) may have one basement subject to a maximum of 50% of the covered area.

(5) Multiple basements or cellars may be permitted to be constructed leaving the

prescribed setback and open space applicable to the building.

(6) In case of apartment building or housing projects or commercial or corporate and IT or

ITES buildings, the basements may be allowed to be constructed under the entire plot area leaving
3 meters space from the boundary of the premises subject to the following conditions namely: —

(i) in all such cases the owner has to indemnify the Authority against any damage
caused by him to the adjacent property in the format given in Form IX; and
 49

(ii) the portion of the basement projecting out of the building line shall flush with
the ground.

(7) The basements shall be used exclusively for parking or services or storage.

(8) The basement shall fulfil the following requirements; namely: —

(i) every basement shall be in every part, at least 2.5 meters in height from the
floor to the soffit of the roof slab or ceiling;
(ii) adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement and the standard of
ventilation shall be the same as required by the particular occupancy according
to regulations; any deficiency may be met by providing adequate mechanical
ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans (one exhaust fan for 50 square
meters of basement area), air conditioning system;
(iii) the minimum height of the ceiling of upper basement shall be 0.90 meters and
the maximum, 1.5 meters above the average surrounding ground level:
Provided that, in case of parking, mercantile or business occupancy at
ground floor, minimum height of the ceiling of the basement maybe 0.3 meters
above the average surrounding ground level subject to mechanical ventilation
being provided;
(iv) adequate arrangement shall be made, so that surface drainage does not enter the
basement;
(v) the walls and floors of the basement shall be water-tight and be so designed
that the effect of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken in to
account in design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given;
(vi) the access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative
staircase providing access and exit from higher floors shall be provided and
where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by more than
one staircase, the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation
from the basement floor and higher floor;

39. Provision of Lift. —(1) Lift shall be provided for buildings above 10 meters height
in case of apartment building, housing projects, commercial, institutional and office
buildings:

Provided that provision of lift for EWS/LIG houses in apartment or housing project
building with a height less than 15 meters shall not be insisted upon.

(2) Lift shall be provided for residential buildings at the rate of one lift for 20 (twenty)
dwelling units, or part thereof, and for non-residential buildings at the rate of one lift per one
thousand square meters, or part thereof of built-up area per floor.

Note. —
(i) The dwelling unit or built-up area, as the case maybe, on the ground floor and
two upper floors shall be excluded in computing the above requirement; and in
 50

case of affordable housing projects, the EWS/LIG dwelling units up to building

height of 15 meters shall be excluded in computing the lift requirement.
(ii) Where the lifts to be provided are complying to the applicable lift provisions of
NBCI 2016, then the same shall be considered as compliance of sub-rule (2)

(3) At least one lift in every building block shall be a stretcher lift.

(4) Not with standing anything contained in these rules, in case of building with 21
meters or more in height, at least two lifts shall be provided.

(5) All lifts shall be inspected or cause to be inspected at least once a year by the agency
designated by the Authority including through any outsourced agency.

(6) In case of car lift for roof top parking, there shall be at least two car lifts for 2000
square meters of roof area and there shall be addition of one car lift for every 1000 square
meters of roof top parking area and fraction thereof.

40. General Building Requirements. —The general building requirements of a

building shall be as follows, namely:—

(i) services can be permitted on roofs with adequate screening for the same;
(ii) scissor staircase would be permitted provided all travel distance and fire norms
are adhered to;
(iii) multilevel car parking with car lifts would be permitted with adequate fire
safety;
(iv) buildings of height 200 meters and above, shall have provision for a Helipad.
(v) mezzanine floor may be permitted above any floor in all types of buildings up
to an extent of one-third of the actual covered area of that floor which shall
have a minimum height of 2.2 meters and all mezzanine floors shall be counted
towards FAR calculation.
(vi) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary to the general provisions specified in
this chapter, the building components such as doorways, stairways, lifts, ramps,
corridors and other parameters, as applicable in case of a low-risk building
shall be as per the norms given in Annexure-I.
(vii) building components such as doorways, stairways, lifts, ramps, corridors and
other parameters for other than low risk buildings shall be as per norms given
in Annexure-I
Provided that, for buildings which require fire safety certificate under the provisions
of Odisha Fire Prevention and Fire Safety Rules, 2017, as amended, from time to time, the
building components such as doorways, stairways, lifts, ramps, corridors and other such
parameters shall be as per norms given in Annexure –II.
 51

41. Heritage Zone. —(1) The Authority may notify the Heritage Zones in consultation
with the Archaeological Survey of India, State Department of Archaeology, Urban Local
Body and the Art Commission”:

Provided that, the Authority with prior approval of the Government may also
prescribe specific heritage zone regulations in respect of the planning and building
standards, urban design guidelines, form-based code, street design guidelines, signage
guidelines, value capture financing and any other matter as may be required for the
development of heritage zones and the provisions specified in such regulations shall
supersede the provisions prescribed under these rules:

Provided further that the Authority with prior approval of the Government may also
prepare heritage management plan for any heritage zone delineated in the Master Plan or
notified under this rule.

(2)Conservation of buildings, artifacts, structures, areas and precincts of historic or

aesthetic or architectural or cultural significance (Heritage buildings and heritage precincts)
or natural features of environmental significance shall be taken up by the Urban Local Body
in accordance with the relevant rules or regulations or instructions in-force.

(3)The Handbook on Conservation of Heritage Buildings, 2013' published by Central

Public Works Department, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India, shall be
referred to before taking up any building construction activity within the heritage precincts
or streets or in the vicinity of notified heritage zones.

(4)The Authority may prescribe guidelines from time to time, for any building
construction activity undertaken in the areas referred to in sub-rule (3).

(5) The Authority may, by notification, prescribe TDR for plots within prohibited area
of protected monuments.

42. Coastal Regulation Zone. —Land use and Buildings falling under the coastal zone
shall be governed by the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Notification, New Delhi, vide No.
G.S.R. 37(E) dated 18th January 2019 and its amendments and replacement, from time to
time.

43. Barrier free access for the physically challenged differently abled person,
elderly and children.— (1) To promote universal and barrier free access for persons with
disabilities, the owner of all buildings and facilities used by the public such as educational,
institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings and Housing Projects
constructed on plots having an area of more than 2000 square meters excluding private
residential buildings, shall make provisions as per the guidelines in 'Handbook on Barrier
Free and Accessibility, 2014', published by Central Public Works Department (CPWD),
Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.

(2)The provisions mentioned at Annexure-III shall also be adhered to in such

buildings.
 52

44. Rainwater harvesting system. — (1) Provision of rain water harvesting is

mandatory for all sizes of plots, which are more than 115 square meters in area including
open spaces.

(2)Detailed technical specification for selection of appropriate rainwater harvesting

system has been provided in Annexure-IV.

(3)The provisions for rainwater harvesting in various building categories as given in

Table No.9 below:

Table No. 9: Rainwater Harvesting provisions for various building categories

Sl. No Category Provisions to be Made Other Conditions
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 Residential Plotted Housing
New Construction of Rainwater Harvesting
Emphasis on both storage and reuse
Proposals Structure
2 Housing Projects
i.Construction of Rainwater
Harvesting Structure Indicate the system of Storm Water
New Drainage, Rainwater Harvesting
Proposals ii.Concrete paving to be avoided and System and Recharge Well
permeable materials to be used for
all open parking spaces
3 Public and Semi-Public Buildings
i.Shall have Rainwater Harvesting
All System and Storage Emphasis on both storage and reuse
Proposals
ii.Shall have Recharge pits

4 Commercial / Mixed Use

i.Construction of Rainwater
Harvesting System Indicate the system of Storm Water
All ii.Soft landscape provisions and open Drainage, Rainwater Harvesting
spaces with percolation pits. System and Recharge Well.
Proposals
iii.Common Treatment plan to be part Emphasis on both storage and reuse.
of the integrated development

5 Industrial
Indicate the system of Storm Water
i.Construction of Rainwater Drainage, Rainwater Harvesting
Harvesting System
System and Recharge Well.
ii.Soft landscape provisions and open Provision to be made not to inject
All spaces with percolation pits. contaminated water into recharge
Proposals iii.Use of abandoned bore wells for structures in industrial areas.
recharging of ground water Care to be taken to keep such
iv.Common Treatment plan to be part structures away from sewer lines,
of the integrated development septic tanks, soak pits, landfill and
other sources of contamination.
 53

Table No. 9: Rainwater Harvesting provisions for various building categories

Sl. No Category Provisions to be Made Other Conditions
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Other
6 Similar as above Similar as above
Proposals

(2)Recharging of ground water is mandatory for all types of buildings having a plot
area more than 300 square meters and above.

(3)The ground water recharge shall also be mandatory for open spaces like parks,
parking, plazas and playgrounds.

(4)The dimension of recharging pits or trenches shall be at least 6 cubic meters for
every 100 square meter of roof area.

(5)Inspection of Rainwater Harvesting system shall be done before issuing Completion

Certificate or NOCs for the structures.

45. Rooftop Solar Energy Installation. —(1) Norms for Rooftop PV systems
Installation: All residential plotted housing with plot area of 300 square meters and above,
educational, institutional, commercial, industrial, mercantile and recreational buildings
having plot size of 500 square meters and above and all housing projects shall be installed
with a minimum generation capacity of 5% of the connected load or 20 W/sq. for available
roof space, whichever is less.

(2)All building of the category as mentioned in the Table No.10 below may provide
Solar Water Heating System and Solar Roof Top System:

Table No. 10: Norms for Rooftop PV systems Installation

Standard for
Sl. No Category / Use
determination of capacity
(a) (b) (c)
1 Solar Water Heating System:
(a) Hospital 10 ltr. /bed
(b) Hotels 5 star 15 ltr. /room
(c) Hotel other than 5 star 10 ltr./bed
(d) Police/Army/Barrack 200 LPD
(e) Canteen/Messes 200 LPS
Hostel (School, Colleges and other Institutions where hot
(f) 10 ltr./student
water is needed).
(g) Laboratory and Research Institutions 100 LPD
Residential Structures:
(h) 100 LPD/flat
(Plinth area 200 square meters or above)
(i) Guest Houses/Banquet Hall/Circuit House 200 LPD
2 Off Grid/Grid connected Solar Roof top System:
Individual household or above
(a) Minimum 500 watt
(Plinth area more than 300 square meters).
 54

(b) Hotel Five star Minimum 5 KWp

(c) Other hotels Minimum 2 KWp
Commercial building
(d) 2 KWp
(Covered area more than 500 square meters)

(3)Installation of Solar Water Heating System, —

(i) In case of new buildings, clearance of plan for the construction of such
buildings of the categories mentioned in Table No.10 above shall only be given
if they have a provision in the building design itself for an insulated pipeline
from the rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot water
is required and such building must have a provision for continuous water
supply to the solar water heating system and shall also have open space on the
rooftop, which receives direct sunlight and the load bearing capacity of the roof
shall be at least 50 kg per square meter;
(ii) all new buildings of the above said categories must complete installation of
solar water heating systems before obtaining necessary license to commence
their business;
(iii) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems in the existing building
shall be mandatory at the time of change of use to the category mentioned in
Table No.10 above, provided there is a system or installation for supplying hot
water;
(iv) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall conform to BIS
specification IS 12933 and the solar collectors used in the system shall have
BIS certification mark;
(v) Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary heating arrangement
either with electric or oil of adequate capacity can be provided.

46. Water re-use and recycling. — All building having a minimum discharge of
10,000 liters and above per day shall incorporate waste water recycling system and the
recycled water shall have to be used for horticultural purposes.

47. Provision of Public Washroom complexes.—(1) In order to ensure that public

toilets or wash rooms are built in various parts of the city, all the buildings constructed for
the purpose of being public buildings (Railway stations, Bus stands, market places,
Government offices, Hospitals, educational institutions, commercial buildings, religious
centers, etc.) and the plot owners of the plots having an area of 1 acre or more shall, in
addition to the other mandatory sanitary requirements, compulsorily construct public
washroom complexes within their plots which shall be earmarked on site plan or a layout
plan at the time of seeking building approval (Refer to Annexure-V).

(2) Such complexes should be constructed mainly in the frontal setback area within the
plots, subject to the condition that they shall not obstruct passage for the fire tender.

(3)All complexes should have single storey, with a maximum floor to ceiling height of
2.8 meter and water tanks concealed with a parapet wall or jali not exceeding 1 meter in
height.
 55

(4) All complexes should at least have 1 wash basin, 2 urinals and 1 water closet (WC)
each, for men and women separately, with adequate electricity, drainage, water and
sewerage facilities and same shall be connected to the infrastructure being developed for the
project.

(5) The complex shall be well ventilated with adequate provisions for lighting.

(6) The Public Washroom Complex shall have direct access from outside the plot i.e.,
direct access from the road, so as to permit usage by the general public.

(7) Such complexes shall be free of FAR and Ground Coverage and will form part of
full schemes prepared by owner or architect for approval.

(8) Such complexes shall have provisions for outdoor signage, advertisements and
space for public art with permission from the concerned agencies or local authorities.

(9) Complexes shall be either constructed and maintained by the plot owner or
constructed by the plot owner and maintained by a service provider or constructed as well as
maintained by a service provider.

(10) Such complexes are not permitted to be used for purposes other than specified
above.

48. Provisions for Green Buildings. — (1)Green Building norms regarding water
conservation and management, solar energy utilization, energy efficiency and waste
management, as given in the Table No.11 below, shall be mandatorily provided in the
residential and non-residential buildings depending on the plot sizes. —

Table No. 11: Applicability of Green Building Provisions

Sl. Plot Size (in
Provision for Residential use Provision for Non- Residential use
No. Sq.m)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Up to 115
1 Not mandatory Not mandatory
Sq.m
Up to 300 (i) Rain water harvesting; (i)Rain water harvesting;
2
Sq.m.
(i) Rain water harvesting and
ground water recharging; (i) Rain water harvesting and
Above 300 (ii) Installation of solar PV ground water recharging;
3 and up to 500 cells; (ii) Installation of solar assisted
Sq.m. (iii) Installation of solar assisted water heating systems; and
water heating systems; and (iii) Segregation of waste
(iv) Segregation of waste

(i) Rain water harvesting and (i) Rain water harvesting and
Above 500 ground water recharging; ground water recharging;
4 and up to (ii) waste water recycling and (ii) waste water recycling and
1000 Sq.m. reuse; reuse;
(iii) Installation of solar assisted (iii) Installation of solar PV cells;
 56

Table No. 11: Applicability of Green Building Provisions

Sl. Plot Size (in
Provision for Residential use Provision for Non- Residential use
No. Sq.m)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
water heating systems; (iv) Installation of solar assisted
(iv) lighting of common areas by water heating systems; and
solar energy or LED (v) lighting of common areas by
devices; solar energy or LED devices;
(v) Segregation of waste (vi) Segregation of waste
(i) Rain water harvesting and
ground water recharging; (i) Rain water harvesting and
(ii) waste water recycling and ground water recharging;
reuse; (ii) waste water recycling and
(iii) reduction of hardscape; reuse;
(iv) Installation of solar PV (iii) reduction of hardscape;
Above 1000 cells; (iv) Installation of solar PV cells;
5 and up to
3000 Sq.m. (v) Installation of solar assisted (v) Installation of solar assisted
water heating systems; water heating systems;
(vi) energy efficiency in HVAC (vi) energy efficiency in HVAC
(vii) lighting of common areas by (vii) lighting of common areas by
solar energy or LED solar energy or LED devices;
devices; (viii) Segregation of waste
(viii) Segregation of waste
(i) Rain water harvesting and
ground water recharging; (i) Rain water harvesting and
(ii) low water consumption and ground water recharging;
plumbing fixtures, (ii) low water consumption and
(iii) waste water recycling and plumbing fixtures,
reuse; (iii) waste water recycling and
(iv) reduction of hardscape; reuse;
(v) Installation of solar PV (iv) reduction of hardscape;
cells; (v) Installation of solar PV cells;
Above 3000
6 (vi) Installation of solar assisted (vi) Installation of solar assisted
Sq.m.
water heating systems; water heating systems;
(vii) low energy consumption (vii) low energy consumption
lighting fixtures, lighting fixtures,
(viii) energy efficiency in HVAC (viii) energy efficiency in HVAC
(ix) lighting of common areas by (ix) lighting of common areas by
solar energy or LED solar energy or LED devices;
devices; (x) Segregation of waste
(x) Segregation of waste (xi) Organic waste management
(xi) Organic waste management

(2) In pursuance of the National Sustainable Habitat Mission on Energy Efficiency in

Building, the Authority shall encourage for adoption of Green Rating for Integrated Habitat
 57

Assessment (GRIHA), Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), Indian

Green Building Council (IGBC) and Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) (for
Odisha ECBC Code and Guidelines -2011 refer Annexure-VI) rating certification for new
and existing buildings. The incentive for the same would be based on applicable State
Government policy as applicable from time to time.

49. Signs and outdoor display structures. —(1) Signs and outdoor display structures
shall be governed by the relevant provisions of the Odisha Municipal Corporation Act, 2003
or the Odisha Municipal Act, 1950, as the case maybe, for Municipal Corporation area and
other Urban Local Bodies areas coming within the jurisdiction of Authority:

Provided that the Authority may specify, with the approval of the State Government,
design signage guidelines for any urban area or part of urban area or a group of urban areas.

(2) For the areas outside Urban Local Body, which is coming within the Master Plan
area, the Authority shall specify the guidelines.

50. Promotion of Sustainable Urban Transport.—To promote and develop

sustainable urban transport infrastructure, the authority, with prior approval of State
Government, may specify in the regulations, the standards of street design, setting up and
operationalization of Public Bicycle Sharing (PBS) programme, infrastructure at plot or
project level to promote non- motorized transport and public transport, street improvement
programme etc.

51. Urban Design and Built Form. —The Authority, with the prior approval of the
State Government, may specify regulations to regulate or preserve or achieve a certain
Urban Design and Built-form characteristics of any defined area or street within its
jurisdiction and the Authority may specify different regulations for different areas based on
its locality or context.

52. Wetland and Water Sensitive Urban Design. —The Authority, with prior approval
of the State Government, may specify regulations to regulate development activities near
notified wetlands, lakes, reservoirs and low lying areas including Environmentally Sensitive
Zones and water bodies demarcated in the Master Plan and to encourage sustainable
drainage and low impact development in such areas.

53. Reference to standards. —The standards relating to water and sanitation

requirements, fire protection and fire safety requirements shall be referred to as given at
Annexure-VII, Annexure-IX and V and Annexure-II, respectively.

54. Development norms for smart infrastructure.—(1) Every apartment, commercial,

institutional, high-rise building and all buildings with a plot size of 1 acre and more shall
have provision for Information and Communication Technology (ICT) landing point in the
form of a room near the main entrance gate of dimension not less than 3 meters x 4 meters
and having 3 meters clear height and the room shall have two fire proofs of 1.2 meters width
opening outwards along with adequate ventilation in the form of windows or ventilators and
such room shall not be counted in coverage and FAR calculations.

(2)Provision of smart metering shall be mandatory for every apartment, commercial,

 58

institutional, high-rise buildings and all buildings with a plot size of 1 acre and more within
the jurisdiction of Municipal Corporation and the Authority may notify, from time to time,
standards for provision of such smart metering and infrastructure required for the same.

(3)The Competent Authority may specify standards and norms from time to time, for
development of smart buildings, smart infrastructure and open spaces within the areas being
taken up for development under the Smart City Mission and such other programme.

PART II
(Requirement of Special Occupancy)

55. Apartment. —(1) In an Apartment building with joint ownership of land, the owner
or developer shall provide floor space for house owner’s society office and assembly at the
rate of one square meter per flat, provided that the minimum area shall not be less than 12
square meters.

(2) One staircase for every 6 dwelling units or fraction thereof in a floor shall be
provided.

(3) The minimum width of approach road to the plot shall be 9 meters for Apartment
buildings.

(4) Reservation of affordable housing i.e., EWS and LIG housing shall be done as per
provisions of affordable housing overlay.

56. Outhouse. —An outhouse with zero rear and one side set back may be permitted on
a plot having an area not less than 150 square meters:

Provided that—

(i) the coverage of the outhouse shall not exceed 30 square meters and the height
shall not exceed 3 meters;
(ii) the built up area of the outhouse and that of the main building together shall not
exceed the permissible FAR for the concerned plot;
(iii) the outhouse shall not cover more than one third of the width and more than
one fourth of depth of the plot and shall not about any public road;
(iv) a minimum 1.5 meters strip of land shall be kept open to the sky between the
main building and the outhouse;
(v) no opening either in the form of windows or doors or ventilators shall be
provided to the adjoining properties; and
(vi) outhouses with sloping or flat roof without access to the roof would only be
permitted.
 59

57. Requirements for old settlement area. — (1)In an old settlement area, permission
to erect a building may be given on the basis of the available width of means of access,
provided that where the width of means of access is 4.5 meters or less, the coverage shall be
limited to 50% of the plot area and the maximum height of the building shall be limited to
two storey and the F.A.R. shall be limited to 1.00.

(2)For plots with narrow width, i.e., width of 7.5 meters or less, zero setbacks may be
allowed on one side with a passage of one meter on the other side.

(3)The rear setback and front setback shall not be less than 3.0 meters and 1.5 meters,
respectively.

(4)In each house on an old settlement plot having one side setback, an internal court-
yard of not less than 10 square meters in area and not less than 2.5 meters in width shall be
provided in such a way that at least one wall of each living room abuts such courtyard or a
verandah opening to such courtyard.

(5)Construction proposed in all existing buildings which have been divided into parts
by partition or sale or otherwise may be permitted (without insisting on front, rear or side
setbacks) subject to fulfilment of following provisions, namely: —

(i) coverage provided for the upper floor shall not exceed 75% of the plinth area
of existing floor for organizing an open terrace to facilitate light and ventilation
to the habitable rooms;
(ii) separate arrangement shall be made for drainage of the storm water;
(iii) ventilators may be permitted above lintel height on production of no objection
certificate from the owners of the adjacent plot to which the ventilators abut,
but no window overlooking others property may be permitted without
obtaining his written consent in the shape of an affidavit.
(6)For construction on the first and subsequent floors on existing floors in old
settlement area, on zero setbacks on one side may be permitted, provided that the
construction does not lead to closing down of windows or ventilators or skylights of the
neighbouring plot which are already existing lawfully.

(7)While according to permissions without providing required setbacks, no-objection

certificate in the shape of an affidavit from the side neighbourmay be obtained and reasons
for the same may be recorded in writing.

58. Semi- detached and row housing. — (1) Owners of adjacent similar dimension plot
abutting a road may be permitted to construct row or semi-detached buildings.

(2)The orientation of the row or semi-detached building shall preferably be such that
the prevailing summer breeze can be availed by each dwelling unit.

(3)For semi-detached buildings over two adjacent plots, the setbacks, the height and
the FAR shall be regulated by treating both the plots as one.

(4)In case of row housing, the length of a row shall not exceed 50 meters along the
road on which such houses abut.
 60

(5)In case, the dwelling units in a row are scattered, the maximum length of the road
shall be 100 meters.

(6)For row houses the ground coverage shall not be allowed to exceed 60% and the
FAR more than 1.75.

(7)The minimum size of the plot on which a unit of a row housing may be allowed
shall be 30 square meters.

59. Shop cum residence. —Where plots are allotted in a row for shop-cum-residential
purpose, the Authority may allow construction of shop-cum-residential building without any
side set backs up to a depth of 10 meters from the front exterior wall:

Provided that no part of the building up to said depth is used for residential purpose
on the ground floor and no building exceeding 12 meters in height shall be allowed to be
constructed on a shop-cum-residential plot, unless so permitted under the Master Plan:
Provided further that the shop-cum-residence shall have only 2/3rd of the total floor
area used for shops:
Provided also that the FAR and other parameters shall conform to that specified for
commercial buildings.

60. Assembly Buildings (Cinemas, Theatres, Multiplex, Auditorium, Museum,

Exhibition hall, Gymnasium, Stadia, Restaurant, Club room, etc.). —(1) The relevant
provisions of the Odisha Cinemas (Regulations) Rules, 1954 shall apply for planning,
designing and construction of Cinema and Theatre buildings.

(2) The minimum width of the means of access for Cinema Hall, Multiplex, convention
centers and stadium shall be 12 meters.

(3)No permission for construction of an assembly building to be used as a cinema hall,

theatre or auditoria for cultural show, shall be granted unless the construction of such
buildings conforms to the provisions of the Odisha Cinemas (Regulations) Act, 1954 and the
Odisha Cinematograph Rules, 1939, the National Building Code of India or any other law on
the subject for the time being in force in the State.

(4)No permission to construct a cinema hall on a site shall be given unless such site has
been approved by the Authority for the purpose.

(5)Excepting provision for restaurant and incidental facilities no other use shall be
permitted in a cinema building.

(6)All cinema, multiplexes, theatres or auditoria buildings shall conform to IS; 4878-
1986and acoustics design of such buildings shall adhere to the requirements of IS; 2526-
1963.

(7)Exits and fire safety requirements shall be in accordance with Part IV (Fire and life
safety) of the National Building Code of India.

(8)Parking norms shall apply as per provisions of rule 34 of these rules.

 61

(9)Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitation shall be as per provisions of

the National Building Code of India.

(10)Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, the setback provision for multiplex
shall be as prescribed in Table No.12 below.

Table No. 12: Setback provision for multiplex

Sl. Minimum Minimum setback
Category of Multiplex
No Front Setback on all other sides
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 Independent multiplex building
(Total built up area of 90% or more under cinema hall
with commercial use limited to 10% of total built-up 12 6
area shall be considered as Independent multiplex
building.)
2 Multiplex within commercial building where the area
under multiplex is more than 1/3rd of total built-up area 9 6
or total number of seats exceeding 400
3 Multiplex within commercial building where the area under
multiplex is not more than 1/3rd of total built-up area or total 7.5 6
number of seats is not more than 400.
Note: —
(i) In case of multiplex within commercial building, special buildings or high-rise buildings, the
higher setback prescribed for any of the aforesaid activities under these rules shall be applicable
(ii) In case of multiplex buildings, the exterior open space around a building for a width of 7.5
meters shall be kept unbuilt except where the open space requirement is less than 7.5 meters, the
entire specified open space shall be kept unbuilt. It shall be constructed of hard surface capable of
taking load of fire engine weighing up to 45 tonnes.

61. Commercial activity in mixed use building. —(1) Subject to provisions of the
zoning regulations, in mixed-use buildings, commercial activity shall be permitted as per the
following criteria, namely:—

(i) for road width of 12m, commercial use shall only be allowed in ground floor:
Provided, if additional front- setback of 2m. is provided above the
minimum setback and without front boundary wall, then the total front setback
may be considered towards parking area calculation as surface parking;
(ii) for road width of 18m and above but less than 24m, only ground and first floor
shall only be allowed for commercial use.
(iii) for road width of 24m and above but less than 30m, commercial use shall only
be allowed in the ground, first and second floors.
(iv) for road width of 30m and above, commercial use may be provided in all
floors.

(2) Commercial activities shall be permitted on 9-meter-wide road on the ground floor
up to a depth of 10 meters from the front setback line:
 62

Provided, if additional front- setback of 1m. is provided above the minimum setback
and without front boundary wall, then the total front setback may be considered towards
parking area calculation as surface parking;

(3) Subject to provisions prescribed under sub-rules (1) and (2) above and zoning
restrictions of the Authority, apartments and housing projects with commercial activities
limited to 5% of the built-up area shall not be considered as mixed-use buildings.

62. Hotel Premises. —(1) A hotel premises may also have other permitted activities
along with hotel activity, namely, service apartment, banquet, conferencing facilities,
restaurant, swimming pool, health club, food court and discotheque.

(2)Commercial offices, retail and service shops to be restricted to 20% of Floor area in
Hotel Premises.

(3)In case of land allotted by Government for Hotel purpose the commercial activity
shall be permitted up to 20% of floor area, if specific provision for extent of commercial
activities is not mentioned in the condition of lease or auction:

Provided that, if the extent of commercial usages has been specified in the terms and
conditions of the lease deed/auction and if the same exceeds 20% of floor area, the same
shall be allowed, subject to overall limit prescribed by the Authority in the regulations.

(4) The commercial activity to be permitted within a hotel premises, shall be in

compliance to the use restriction specified in zoning regulations and other provisions of
these rules applicable to the specific commercial activity proposed within the hotel premises.

63. Liquefied petroleum gas or Gas Cylinder Godown. — (1) Vacant space shall be
maintained at all times as given in Table No.13 below:

Table No.13: Minimum distances required for storage shed of liquefied petroleum gas cylinders
Sl. Quantity of Compressed Gas in Cylinders Minimum Clear Distance to be kept
No (Kg.) (in meters)
(a) (b) (c)
1 0-100 1
2 101 –1000 3
3 1001- 4000 5
4 4001-8000 7
5 8001-12000 9
6 12001-30,000 12
7 Over 30,000 15

(2)Notwithstanding anything contained in the conditions specified in the Table,

cylinders containing liquefied petroleum gas exceeding 100 kilograms but not exceeding
300 kilograms, may be kept in a storage shed forming part of, or attached to building, if it is
separated there from by a substantial partition and the only means of access to it is from
outside and such a storage shed shall not be situated under any staircase or near other
 63

entrances to or exits from the rest of the building or other buildings.

(3)A shed used for storage of liquefied petroleum gas cylinders shall be surrounded by
a suitable fence to prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the shed.

64. Norms for Petrol Pump. —(1) Minimum distance from the road intersections shall
be—

(i) for minor roads having less than 30 meters width -- 50 meters.; and
(ii) for major roads having width 30 meters or more -- 100 meters.

(2)The minimum distance of the property line of petrol pump from the Centre line of
the road shall not be less than 15 meters on roads having less than 30-meter width. In case of
roads having 30 meter or more width, the width of the road shall be protected.

(3)Plot size shall be—

(i) for filling stations only -- 30 meters × 17 meters;
(ii) for filling-cum-service station -- 36 meters × 30 meters;

(4)The frontage of the plots mentioned in clause (i) and (ii) of sub-rule (3) shall not be
less than 30 meters.

(5)Other conditions shall include—

(i) new petrol pump shall not be located on roads having less than 30 meters
width;
(ii) every petrol pump shall adhere to the norms as prescribed in IRC Code: 12-
2009, as amended from time to time; and
(iii) every petrol pump shall have public toilets with Water Closet (WC) separately
for men and women.

(6)Other controls for installation of petrol pump shall include—

(i) Ground coverage -- 20%;

Note: Ground coverage will exclude canopy area
(ii) FAR -- 0.20;
(iii) Max. height -- 7 meters;
(iv) Canopy equivalent to permissible ground coverage within setback line;
(v) Front set back -- minimum 6 meters

(7)Other requirements for installation of petrol pump shall be—

(i) NOC from Explosives and Fire Department

(ii) License from the District Magistrate
 64

(8)In case of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) mother station—

(i) Plot size (Max) -- 36 meters × 30 meters

(ii) Maximum ground coverage --20%
(iii) Maximum height -- 7 meters (single storey)
(iv) Building component -- control room, office, dispensary, store, pantry and W.C.

65. Farm House. — (1) For construction of Farm House Building in Agricultural Use
Zone, minimum size of plot shall not be less than 1.00 hectare.

(2)Maximum coverage and FAR shall be as given in Table No.14 below:

Table No. 14: Maximum Coverage and FAR

Sl.
(a) (b)
No.
Maximum permissible ground coverage for
1 15 percent
all types of activity
2 Maximum built-up area (BUA) allowed 500 square meters for every 1 Ha.
Residential accommodation of watch and
3 100 square meters
ward/maintenance staff
4 Maximum height 7 meters
Front/side abutting road 15.0
5 Setbacks
meters and all other sides 9.0 meters

(3)Minimum 65% percent of the total area of the farmhouse shall be under plantation
or cultivation and at least 100 trees per hectare shall be planted out of which at least 50
percent shall be evergreen trees.

(4)In case of a plot for a farmhouse having dwelling units, the owner thereof shall be
responsible to make lawful arrangements for potable water.

(5)The owner shall be responsible to provide drains in the farmhouse to be used for
rainwater and in case of dairy farm open or closed sanitary drains to clean sheds, as may be
required by the Authority.

(6)The owner shall be responsible to provide septic tank with necessary disposal
trenches for disposal of human and animal waste in the farmhouse within his own premises.
(7)The owner of a farmhouse shall obtain electric connection directly from the
appropriate authority authorized for distribution on such terms and conditions at his own
cost as decided by the appropriate Authority.

(8)For the purpose of sub-division of land for farmhouse, provisions of rules for
approval of layout provided in Part II of Chapter-IV shall apply.

(9)Norms for solid waste management shall apply.

(10)The permitted activity of farmhouse shall not be modified into other activities.
 65

66. Country Homes. —(1) For construction of Country Homes in Agricultural Use
Zone, minimum size of plot shall not be less than 2000 square meters which shall be low
density residential areas in peri-urban and rural areas and the minimum size of the project in
such areas for approval shall be at least 10 acres.

(2)Maximum coverage and FAR shall be as given in Table No.15 herein contained—

Table No. 15: Maximum coverage and FAR

Sl. No. (a) (b)
Maximum permissible ground coverage for
1 15 percent
all types of activity
250 square meters for every 2000
2 Maximum built-up area (BUA) allowed
square meters of plot area.
Residential accommodation of watch and
3 20 square meters
ward/maintenance staff
4 Maximum height 7meters
Front/side abutting road 15.0
5 Setbacks
meters and all other sides 9.0 meters

(3)Minimum 65% percent of the total area of the country-home shall be under
plantation or cultivation and at least 100 trees per acre shall be planted out of which at least
50 percent shall be evergreen trees.

(4)In case of a plot for a country-home having dwelling units, the owner thereof shall
be responsible to make lawful arrangements for potable water.

(5)The owner shall be responsible to provide drains in the country-home to be used for
rainwater and in case of dairy farm, open or closed sanitary drains to clean sheds, as may be
required by the Authority.

(6)The owner shall be responsible to provide septic tank with necessary disposal trenches
for disposal of human and animal waste in the country home within his own premises.

(7)The owner of a country home shall obtain electric connection directly from the
appropriate authority authorized for distribution on such terms and conditions at his own
cost as decided by the appropriate Authority.

(8)For the purpose of sub-division of land for country homes, provisions of rules for
approval of layout provided in Part II of Chapter IV shall apply.

(9)Norms for solid waste management shall apply.

(10)The permitted activity of country homes shall not be modified into other activities.
 66

PART III
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH RISE BUILDINGS,
HOUSING PROJECTS/ SCHEMES, APARTMENTS AND SPECIAL
BUILDINGS:

67. Restriction on construction of high-rise building. — (1) Construction of high-rise

buildings shall not be permitted in villages, as notified by the Authority, from time to time.

(2)The Authority may, with prior approval of the State Government, restrict
construction of high-rise buildings in any peri-urban or rural area within its jurisdiction on
the basis of assessment of the available utilities or infrastructure such as drainage, solid
waste management, transport, water management required for urban settlements or habitats.

(3)Where conditional permissions have been granted before commencement of these rules,
development shall be controlled as per regulations under which such permission were given:

Provided that this relaxation shall not be allowed where such development was
made in violation of heritage zone condition.

68. Main Entrance. —(1) The main entrance to the premises shall not be less than 6
(six) meters in width in order to allow easy access to fire engine and the gate shall fold back
against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way, within the
plot, free for the movement of fire service vehicles:

Provided that if archway is provided over the main entrances, the height of the
archway shall not be less than 5 (five) meters.

(2)For high-rise Housing Projects on one plot, the access way within the premises shall
not be less than 7.5 (seven and half) meters in width and the open space between buildings
shall be as specified under rule 31.

(3)The space set apart for providing access within the premises shall in no case be
included in the calculation of requirements pertaining to parking spaces and other amenities
required to be provided for the building.

(4)Every access way shall be properly drained and lighted to the satisfaction of the
Authority and manhole covers or any other fittings laid within the right of way of the access
way shall be flushed with the finished surface level of it so as not to obstruct safe movement
of men and vehicles.

(5)Reconstruction, addition or alteration to any high-rise building shall not be taken in

a manner which shall reduce the width of the access way to a level below the minimum
prescribed limit under these rules.

69. Exit. — (1) Every high-rise building meant for human occupation or assembly, shall
be provided with exit sufficient to permit safe escape of the occupants in case of fire or other
emergencies.

(2)An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an internal or external staircase

 67

or to a verandah or roof or terrace having access to a street.

(3)Exits shall be so arranged as to provide continuous means of access to the exterior

of a building or exterior open space leading to a street without passing through any occupied
unit.

(4)Exits shall be so located that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 20
(twenty) meters in case of residential, educational, institutional and hazardous occupancies
and 30 (thirty) metres in the case of assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and storage
occupancies.

(5) If the provision specified at clause 4.4.2.4 of Part-IV of National Building Code of
India 2016 regarding travel distance based on occupancy and construction type (fire
resistance rating) is completely adhered to, then such travel distance shall be considered as
compliance towards provisions of sub-rule (4).

(6)Wherever more than one exit is required for a floor of a building, exits shall be
placed at a reasonable distance from each other as possible.

(7)All the exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.

(8)There shall be at least two exits serving every floor and at least one of them shall
lead to a staircase.

(9)The width of every exit shall not be less than one metre and shall be provided as
specified in Table No.16 below:

Table No. 16: Number of Occupants as per type of Occupancy

Number of occupants per unit exit width
Sl. No. Type of occupancy
Staircase Terrace
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 Residential 25 75
2 Mixed and other uses 50 75

Explanation: —

(a) Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as an exit.

(b) 'Travel distance' means the distance from any point in the floor area to any exit measured
along the path or egress except that when the floor areas are sub-divided into rooms, used
singly or of rooms and served by suite corridors and passage, the travel distance may be
measured from the corridor entrance of such rooms or suites to the nearest staircase or
verandah having access to the street.
(c) The definition of travel distance shall be as specified in NBCI 2016, in case the same is
provided in complete compliance of Clause 4.4.2.4 of Part-VI of NBCI.
(d) The unit of exit width, used to measure the capacity of any exit, shall be 500 mm. A clear
width of 250 mm shall be counted as an additional half unit. Clear widths less than 250 mm
shall not be counted for exit width.
 68

70. Structural Safety Design, Standards and other requirements.— (1) The
structural design of foundation, masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-
stressed concrete and structural steel shall be carried out in accordance with provisions
related to structural design, loads, foundation, wood, masonry, concrete and steel of the
National Building Code of India taking into consideration all relevant Indian Standards
prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards for general structural safety, for cyclone or wind
or storm protection, for earthquake protection and for protection of landslide hazard. (Refer
to Annexure-VIII for list of relevant Indian Standards)

(2)All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to the
accepted standards of Public Works Department and Indian standard specification and codes
as included under Building Materials and Construction practices and safety of the National
Building Code of India.

(3)The provisions of these rules are not intended to prevent the use of any material or
method of design or construction not specifically prescribed in these rules provided any such
alternative has been approved as part of specification provided under clause (x) of sub-rule
(2) of rule 74.

(4)The building materials approved by Bureau of Indian Standards (B.I.S.) or any statutory
body will form part of the approved building material and technology as part of the rules.

(5)The Planning design and installation of electrical installations, air conditioning

installation of lifts and escalators can be carried out in accordance with provisions
prescribed for Building Services, Lighting and Ventilation, electrical and Allied installation,
air conditioning and heating, acoustics, sound insulation and noise control, installation of
lifts and escalators in the National Building Code of India.

(6)The requirements of electric sub-station and the provisions of electric sub-station

shall also require approval from the concerned Authority.

(7)The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and
sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with relevant provisions of the
National Building Code of India.
 69

PART IV
OVERLAY RULES

71. Affordable Housing Overlay Rules. —(1) With a vision to ensure access to formal
housing for all sections of society living in Development Area, following development
control norms (affordable housing overlay) are prescribed for facilitating development of
EWS or LIG or MIG housing units.

(2)The category-wise, size of the dwelling units shall be as given in Table No.17
below:

Table No. 17:Category wise size of dwelling units

Sl. Size of the Dwelling Units

Category of Dwelling Units
No. (in square meters of carpet area)
(a) (b) (c)
1 Economical Weaker Section (EWS) Up to 30 square meters
2 Low Income Group (LIG) Up to 60 square meters
3 Middle Income Group –I (MIG-I) Up to 160 square meters
4 Middle Income Group –II (MIG-II) Up to 200 square meters
Note: The size of the dwelling units shall be modified, if the sizes are varied in the “Policy for
Housing for all in Urban Areas, 2015”, as amended from time to time.

(3)The following relaxations in development control regulations and building norms

shall be applicable to the extent of Economically Weaker Section (EWS) and Low-Income
Group (LIG) housing in apartment building and housing projects, namely: —
(i) The distance between two building blocks shall be a minimum of 2 meters.
(ii) Parking requirements for Affordable Housing Projects can be accommodated
within setback areas, between building blocks or open areas subject to
condition that at least 1.2 meter driveway for one side parking and 1.5 meter
driveway for both side parking, shall be provided.
(iii) The side setbacks may vary depending upon the plot size and plan prepared for
a particular project, subject to provision of at least 1 meter side setback on
either side. The sum total of both side setbacks in a particular project shall
comply with these rules.
(iv) The MP & BP committee may relax the requirement of minimum RoW of the
means of access to not less than 6 meters for non-high rise apartment building.
(v) One staircase for every 12 dwelling units or fraction thereof in a floor shall be
provided.

(4)For the purpose of ensuring provisions of Housing for all, the State Government has
notified a policy that is “Policy for Housing for All in Urban Areas, Odisha- 2015” which
prescribes mandatory development of EWS housing, incentives to be given to private
developer and Government agencies in terms of FAR, norms for promotion of mixed-use
development and relaxations in terms of various fees and charges.
 70

(5)The “Policy for Housing for All in Urban Areas, Odisha- 2015”, as amended from
time to time, shall be applicable to building plan approval of all such projects:
Provided that incentives and provisions prescribed in this policy for promotion of
affordable housing are model specific that is to say, a provision under one model cannot be
made applicable to projects taken up under another model.

(6)To ensure development of MIG housing, following incentive shall be provided,

namely: —
(i) The developer shall be entitled to receive additional FAR equivalent to 20% of
the built-up area utilized for MIG units and the said additional FAR can only
be utilized in the same project subject to a maximum additional FAR of 0.25.

(7)External infrastructure that is development of road connectivity as per plan, street

lighting, water supply, sewerage connection, solid waste management facility and public
transport services to the battery limits of projects taken up under Model- 3, 4 and 5 of the
Policy for Housing for All in Urban Areas, Odisha— 2015 shall be provided by concerned
Government agencies without any infrastructure or development charges to the projects.

(8)In case of Slum Improvement and EWS housing, the building parameters shall be
applicable as per “Policy for Housing for all in Urban Areas, 2015”, as amended from time
to time.

72. Transit Oriented Zone (TOZ) Overlay Rules. — (1) This Overlay Zone provides
opportunity for mixed use and higher density development along the notified transit priority
corridors to encourage and promote compact mixed-use development in this zone and TOZ
shall help in sustainable urban development by ensuring that maximum number of people
can live, work or find means of recreation within walking or cycling distance of the transit
priority corridors.

(2)The transit priority corridors, extent of the TOZ along such corridors and applicability
of development control norms in such TOZ shall be notified by Authority, from time to time
and the same shall be defined as per the following overall framework, namely: —

(i) up to maximum of 400 meters wide belt on both sides of centre line of the
notified transit priority corridors can be TOZ;
(ii) in case a part of plot or project site falls within notified TOZ, then the whole
plot or project site shall be included in TOZ;
(iii) development control norms overlay shall be within the overall framework of
sub-rule (4).

(3)TOZ overlay will override general provisions of development control regulations to the
extent provided herein but the same shall not override the provisions related to following:

(i) Environmentally Sensitive Zone;

(ii) Special Heritage Zone;
(iii) Open Space Use Zone;
(iv) Agricultural and Forest Use Zone;
 71

(v) Water Bodies Use Zone;

(vi) any other use zones in which higher intensity of development allowed under
TOZ is not desirable, as decided by Authority, from time to time.

(4)The following Development Control Norms shall be applicable in TOZ Overlay,

namely; —
(i) The TOZ shall allow flexibility in provision of a mix of various uses within the
same plot, with the exception of the following polluting and potentially
hazardous uses affecting security, safety and environmental quality, of such
areas,
a) Retail shops - building materials, timber, building products, marble,
iron, steel and sand, firewood, coal,
b) Repair shops - automobile repair and workshops, cycle rickshaw
repairs, tyre resorting and retreading, battery charging,
c) Service shops - flour mills, (more than 3 KW power load), fabrication
and welding,
d) Storage, godown and warehousing,
e) Manufacturing units (excluding household industry),
f) Junk shop,
g) Other hazardous, polluting and nuisance causing uses,
h) any other use which in view of Authority is analogous to entries listed
above;
(ii) maximum permissible FAR shall be allowed in TOZ as prescribed under rule
32;
(iii) mixed use of the plot or project site and/or building shall be permitted in TOZ
subject to following conditions, namely: —
a) principal use shall cover not less than 50% (fifty percent) of total built-
up area and rest of the built-up area may cover any one or more of the
permissible uses;
b) for the purpose of this rule, principal use may be any of the permissible
uses as allowed under clause (i);
(iv) The front setbacks on some or a part of the Transit Priority Corridors, having
character of commercial streets, shall have fixed frontal setbacks as provided
in Table No.18. The extent of such streets shall also form the part of the
notification of Transit Priority Corridor notified by the Authority under sub-
rule (2);
 72

(v) The fixed frontal setback is required to achieve a continuous building facade
along a street edge to form a build-to line and it is further provided that all
buildings shall be required to coincide with this line up to a minimum of 50%
(
f
Table
i No. 18 Fixed frontal setback for Buildings
f Sl No. Front Setback Width of Street Fronting the Plot
t (in meters) (in meters)
y (a) (b) (c)
1 1.5 Up to 9.0
p
e 2 3.0 Above 9.0 and up to 18
r 3 4.5 Above 18 and up to 30
c 4 4.5 Above 30
e
( fifty percent) of this line; and
Note. — The Authority may modify the norms prescribed in the Table as per
character prevailing in their development area concerning to TOZ.
(vi) In the plots/ project sites for which provisions of 10% (ten percent) EWS
housing are mandatory as per affordable housing overlay, additional
provisions shall be made for reservation of 10% (ten percent) of built-up
residential space for LIG or MIG housing and for such reservations, incentives
allowed under affordable housing overlay shall be available;
(vii) All apartment building, housing projects, commercial, public buildings,
mixed-use buildings shall not have any boundary wall and the entire setback
area shall be considered as Public Open Space (POS):
Provided that provision of plantation, underground rainwater harvesting
structure, ground water recharging pits, electric-substation and public
washroom complex shall be permitted in such setback area and the Authority
may prescribe guidelines for siting of abovementioned provisions within such
public open spaces:
Provided further that in case of high-rise buildings the setback around the
building for a width of 7.5 meters shall be kept unbuilt and free from
obstruction except where the open space requirement is less than 7.5 meters,
the entire specified open space shall be kept unbuilt, and it shall be constructed
of hard surface capable of taking load of fire engine weighing up to 45 tonnes;
(viii) Provision of a minimum 10% (ten percent) of additional Public Open Space
(POS) shall be mandatory in all developments over plot size of more than
2000 square meters. This shall be subject to the following conditions, namely:
—
(a) This Public Open Space shall be open to all and shall provide
facilities like badminton court, tennis courts, basketball courts, bus
stops, toilets;
 73

(b) Public amenities provided in POS as part of the development shall

be exempted from calculation of FAR;
(c) The Authority may prescribe guidelines for effective utilization of
such public open spaces;
(ix) For plot size more than 1 Acre, Through-Block Linkages of width not less
than 3.0 meters shall be provided to improve connectivity and to encourage
walkability within the TOZ; and
(x) The area under Setbacks, Public Open Space and Through Block Linkage
shall be surrendered to the Authority without any cost and the authority, in
lieu of such surrendered land shall provide TDR certificate to the applicant as
prescribed under sub-rule 4of rule 33.

73. Mixed-Use Zone Overlay Rules. —(1) This Overlay Zone provides opportunity for
development of a diversified and pedestrian oriented urban environment where a mix of uses
are encouraged, by allowing greater flexibility in development and to promote walk-to-work
environment.

(2)Mixed Use Overlay shall be applicable only on streets with width of 18 meters or
more, as notified by the Authority after due consultation with all stakeholders and subject to
all such norms, terms and conditions including charges, if any, as are prescribed in such
notification.

(3)Mixed Use Zone overlay shall override general provisions of development control
regulations to the extent provided herein but same shall not override provisions of other
following overlays or land uses, namely: —
(i) Environmentally Sensitive Zone;
(ii) Special Heritage Zone;
(iii) Open Space Use Zone;
(iv) Agricultural and Forest Use Zone;
(v) Water Bodies Use Zone;
(vi) Transit Orientated Zone;
(vii) any other use zones in which mixed use development under this overlay is not
desirable, as decided by Authority from time to time.

(4)The following Development Control Norms shall be applicable in Mixed use

Overlay, namely; —
(i) The Mixed Use Overlay Zone shall allow flexibility in provision of a mix of
various uses within the same plot, with the exception of the following
polluting and potentially hazardous uses affecting security, safety and
environmental quality, of such areas, —
(a) Retail shops - building materials, timber, building products, marble,
iron, steel and sand, firewood, coal,
 74

(b) Repair shops - automobile repair and workshops, cycle rickshaw

repairs, tyre resorting and retreading, battery charging,
(c) Service shops - flour mills, (more than 3 KW power load),
fabrication and welding,
(d) Storage, godown and warehousing,
(e) Manufacturing units (excluding household industry),
(f) Junk shop,
(g) Other hazardous, polluting and nuisance causing uses,
(h) any other use which in view of Authority is analogous to entries
listed above;
(ii) The FAR utilization and mix of uses within various permissible uses shall be
as per following conditions, namely: —
(a) principal use shall cover not less than 50% (fifty percent) and not
more than 75% (seventy five percent) of total built-up area and rest
of the built-up area may cover any one or more of the permissible
uses and it is further provided that for the purpose of this rule,
principal use may be any of the permissible uses as allowed under
clause (i); and
(b) on the ground floor facing the main street, there shall be provision
for retail or/and commercial use only and it is further provided that
there shall be fixed frontal setbacks as provided in clause (v) of sub-
rule (4) of rule 72, under TOZ overlay.
(c) Maximum FAR shall be allowed as per the provisions prescribed
under rule 32.

CHAPTER –IV
Permission for Development
Part-I
Development Plan Approval

74. Common Application Form for Permission.— (1) Subject to the provision of
these rules, any person who intends to undertake or carryout any development, whether for
building operation, layout of land or for change of use of any land or building as
contemplated in sub-section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) of section 33, shall apply
to the authority in Form X as common application form either online or in such other
manner and accompanied by such fees as prescribed in rule 122 and as per such standard
operating procedure as may be notified by competent authority, from time to time.

(2)The application shall be accompanied with four copies of following documents and
particulars duly signed by the persons who have prepared them and the owner or the
applicant, namely: —

(i) akeyplandrawntoascaleofnotlessthan1:10,000with minimum dimension of the

key plan which shall not be less than 75 mm showing—
 75

(a) the boundary and location of the site,

(b) means of access,
(c) neighborhood landmarks,
(d) existing electrical LT/HT/EHT line affecting the site, if any;
(ii) the site plan on a scale of 1:100 for plots up to 500 square meters in size and
on a scale of 1:500 for plots above 500 square meters in size and the
boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land indicating—
(a) the position of the site in relation to neighboring streets,
(b) the name of the streets(s) in which the building is proposed to be
situated, if any,
(c) all existing buildings standing on, over or under the site including
service lines,
(d) the position of the building and of all other buildings, if any, which
the applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous land referred to in
sub-clause (a) in relation to, —
(1) the boundaries of the site and in case, where the site has
been partitioned, the boundaries of the portion owned by the
applicant and also of the portions owned by others,
(2) all adjacent streets, buildings (with number of storey and
height) and premises within a distance of 12 meters of the
site and of the contiguous land, if any, referred to in sub-
clause (a), and
(3) if there is no street within a distance of 12 meters of the site,
the nearest existing street;
(e) the means of access from the street to the building and to all other
buildings, if any, which the applicant intends to erect upon his
contiguous land referred to in sub-clause (a),
(f) the space to be left about the building to secure free circulation of
air, admission of light and access for scavenging purposes,
(g) the width of the street, if any, in front of the street, if any, at the
side or rear or near the buildings,
(h) the direction of north point relative to the plan of the building,
(i) any physical features, such as well, drains, etc.,
(j) parking plans indicating the parking spaces, wherever required,
(k) Such other particulars as may be specified by the Authority;
(iii) the plans of the buildings and elevations and sections accompanying the
application shall be drawn to a scale of 1:50 for plots measuring up to 225
square meters, for plots measuring above 225 square meters to a scale of 1:100
and for plots measuring 2,000 square meters and above to a scale of 1:200
with details on a scale of 1:100 and shall, —
 76

(a) include floor plans of all floors together with the covered area
clearly indicating the size and spacing of all framing members and
sizes of rooms and the position of staircases, ramps and lift wells,
(b) show the use or occupancy of all parts of the buildings,
(c) show exact location of essential services, for example, WC, sink,
bath and the like,
(d) show all elevations,
(e) include at least one section through the staircase,
(f) include the structural arrangements with appropriate sections
showing type and arrangements of footings, foundations, basement
walls, structural load bearing walls, columns and beams, shear
walls, arrangement and spacing of framing members, floor slabs
and roof slabs with the material used for the same,
(g) show all street elevations,
(h) give dimension of the projected portions beyond the permissible
building line,
(i) include terrace plan indicating the drainage and slope of the roof,
(j) give indications of the north point relative to the plan,
(k) details of parking spaces provided,
(l) statement and calculation sheets with regard to the plot area, floor
wise details of spaces under various categories like apartments or
office spaces, lobby circulation, staircase, lift, mezzanine, balconies
and details of such area which are to be exempted from calculation
of floor area ratio, and
(m) such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal
clearly and as specified by the Competent Authority and which may
also include prescription of guidelines for color coding of areas to
be used for various uses, utilities etc.;
(iv) in case of high-rise building and special buildings, the following additional
information shall be furnished and indicated in the building plan in addition to
the items given in clause (iii), as applicable, namely: —
(a) access to fire appliances and vehicles with details of vehicular
turning circle and clear motorable access way around the buildings;
(b) size(width) of main and alternative staircases along with balcony
approach, corridor, ventilated lobby approach;
(c) location and details of lift enclosures;
(d) location and size of fire lift;
(e) smoke stop lobby/door, where provided;
(f) refuse chutes and/or refuse chamber (optional), service duct, etc.;
(g) vehicular parking space;
(h) refuse area, if any;
 77

(i) details of building services- Air-conditioning system with position

of fire dampers, mechanical ventilation system, electrical services,
boilers, gas pipes, etc.;
(j) detail of exits including provision of ramps, etc., for hospitals and
special risk buildings/uses;
(k) location of generator, transformer and switch gear room;
(l) smoke exhauster system, if any;
(m) details of fire alarm system network;
(n) location of centralized control, connecting all fire alarm systems
built-in–fire protection arrangements and public address system,
etc.;
(o) location and dimension of static water storage tank and pump room
along with fire service inlets for mobile pump and water storage
tank;
(p) location and details of fixed fire protection installations, such as
sprinklers, wet risers, hose-reels, drenchers, etc.;
(q) location and details of first-aid firefighting equipments/
installations;
(r) longitudinal cross section of the building including size of footings,
basement and super structure framing members and details of
building and room heights and of staircase;
(s) location of site for sanitation. (refer to Annexure-IX); and
(t) segregated sanitation for visitors. (refer to Annexure-V);
(v) the building services plan, which shall include all details of building and
plumbing services and also plans, elevations and sections of private water
supply, sewage disposal system and rain water harvesting system and this plan
shall be made available to a scale not less than 1:100;
(vi) the electrical layout plan on a scale not less than 1:100 for all buildings for
which fire safety certificate is required under the provisions of Odisha Fire
Prevention and Fire Safety Rules, 2017, as amended, from time to time;
(vii) the landscape plan, which is to be developed to a scale of 1:100 for plots up to
500 square meters in size and the scale shall be 1:500 for plots above 500
square meters indicating the circulation and parking spaces, pathways,
greenery and plantation etc.;
(viii) the waste management plan for the projects over an area of Ac.1.000 and all
proposed institutional buildings and other such bulk generator of solid waste
shall include Solid Waste Disposal and Management Plan as per the Solid
Waste Management Rules, 2016 and such plan shall also give such other
details as required by the Competent Authority;
(ix) the External Infrastructure Development Plan (EIDP) which shall include
provisions of External infrastructure such as roads, road system landscaping,
Water supply, sewage and drainage system, electric supply transformer,
 78

substations, solid waste management or disposal or any other work which may
have to be executed in the periphery of or outside a project for its benefit and
such infrastructure works shall be maintained as per norms prescribed by
Competent Authority:
Provided that, the competent technical agency may recommend and issue a
No-Objection Certificate for allowing zero-discharge of storm water, waste
water and sewage within the site, in cases, where sufficient means of
discharge from the site is not possible and zero-discharge is feasible within the
site:
Provided further that, where zero discharge is allowed by the competent
technical agency, the project shall permanently install a public display board
clearly visible to the public with board size not less than 3 meter × 3 meter and
minimum text height not less than 20 mm and shall be located adjacent to the
main entry gate specifying that the storm water or waste water or sewage, as
the case maybe is contained and managed within the premises complying to
safe discharge standards and the No-Objection Certificate has been granted by
the competent technical agency for zero discharge of aforementioned liquid
waste, within the site:
Provided also that, the Occupancy Certificate shall be issued, only after the
external infrastructure and fixures as the case may be or laid down as per
Government Notification and as modified by the State Government from time
to time;
(x) specifications, both general and detailed, giving type and grade of materials to
be used, duly signed by the registered architect, engineer, structural engineer
and other registered technical persons, as may be applicable shall accompany
with the application; and
(xi) for building plan application over a sub-divided plot of an approved layout,
the copy of the approved layout plan and permission letter shall be submitted
clearly showing the proposed subdivided plot in red (fill) hatch.

(3)The following documents, certificates or clearances shall be accompanied with the

application submitted under sub-rule (2), namely: —
(i) in case the applicant is a trust, group of persons or partnership or a company, a
registered agreement or registered general power of attorney (GPA) between
the holder of the right, title and interest and the applicant, valid under the
Transfer of Properties Act, 1882 (4 of 1882) and Copies of the Agreement and
Article of Association, Memorandum and the Bye- laws;
(ii) No-Objection Certificate from the Odisha State Housing Board, Authority, for
the additional constructions, in case the house is delivered by the Board or the
Authority and sale or lease deed has not been executed;
(iii) necessary environmental clearance as per the EIA notification of the Ministry
of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India.;
(iv) necessary No-Objection Certificate from Competent Authority, where the land
is located within Eco-Sensitive Zone notified by Ministry of Environment,
Forest and Climate Change, Government of India;
 79

(v) necessary fire safety recommendation as required under the provisions of

Odisha Fire Prevention and Fire Safety Rules, 2017, as amended, from time to
time. (Refer Annexure-II for standards of fire protection and fire safety
requirements);
(vi) No Objection Certificate from Airports Authority of India, as per the Colour
Coded Zoning Map (CCZM) of Airports Authority of India, wherever
applicable;
(vii) in case of Apartments, special buildings on plot area of 500 Square meter or
above, buildings of height between 15 meter and 30 meter; the structural plan
and the structural design vetted and certified by the Civil Engineering
Department of any Government engineering college located in Odisha and in
case of building more than 30 meters height, the Structural plan and the
structural design vetted and certified by any State Resource Centre identified
by the Odisha State Disaster Management Authority or Indian Institute of
Technology or National Institute of Technology or any other institute of
Government of India having structural engineering specialisation; and
(viii) any other certificates or clearances as required under the Act or rules framed
thereunder or as specified by the Competent Authority:
Explanation. — The requirement of submission of any No Objection
Certificate along with application may be waived off by the Competent
Authority as and when online system for building plan approvals becomes
fully operational and as and when online system gets fully integrated with
various Public Agencies for online issuance of No Objection Certificates.

(4) The distinct features required to be shown on the plan shall be prepared in a clear
and legible manner with suitable markings or notations or indexation in order to understand
the submitted drawings without ambiguity:

Provided that, in case of online building plan application submission, the drawings
are to be prepared in compliance to the provisions specified in the online approval system.
(5)The Competent Authority may prescribe guidelines, from time to time, to
standardize and to bring clarity in building plans which may include but not limited to
colour code scheme for building features, colour code scheme for amenities and utilities
proposed in the project, format for area analysis etc.
75. Permission for low-risk building —(1) No low risk building shall require prior
permission of the Authority, if a person who is erecting such building has taken approval of
the building plan from accredited person:

Provided that two copies of approved plan along with prescribed fees as applicable
are submitted by such accredited person to the Authority within thirty days of according
such approval:

Provided further that, if a person is having a building which satisfies the conditions
stipulated in clause (xcix) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2 and after commencement of these rules
such person intends to carry out, any addition or alteration to such building, provision of this
rule shall also apply mutatis mutandis to all such cases.
 80

Explanation: - The provision of this rule does not exclude the option of a person to
directly apply to Authority for approval of Building Plan, provided that the same is duly
prepared by a Project Management Organisation and in such cases provisions under rules 16
to 21 of these rules will apply, mutatis mutandis.
(2)For Low-Risk Building category, the requirement for submission of documents and
particulars specified under sub-rule (2) and (3) shall be, as per the provisions specified in
Table No.19 below.

Table No. 19: Requirement for submission of documents and particulars under sub-rule
(2) and (3) of rule 74 for Low Risk Buildings
Sl. No. Compliances required under sub-rule (2) and (3) of rule 74
(a) (b) (c)
Site Plan on a scale of 1:100
Building Plan, all Elevations and atleast one Section through
Clause
staircase, drawn to a scale of 1:50 for plots measuring up to 225
(ii), (iii),
square meters, and 1:100 for plots measuring above225square
(v), (vii),
meters.
1 (xi)
of sub- Building Services Plan on a scale not less than 1:100 to be shown
rule (2) of in the site plan
rule 74
Landscape Plan on a scale of 1:100 to be shown in the site plan

Copy of approved Layout Plan and approval letter

Registered agreement between the holder of the right, title and
interest and the applicant, if applicable
NOC from OSHB or Authority, if applicable
Clause (i),
(ii), (iv), NOC from Competent Authority, where the land is located within
(vi), (viii) Eco-Sensitive Zone notified by Ministry of Environment, Forest
2
of sub-rule and Climate Change, Government of India.
(3) of rule
NOC from AAI as per Colour Coded Zoning Map (CCZM) of
74
AAI, if applicable
NOC from ASI/NMA /State Archaeology or any other site specific
clearance, if applicable

76. Standard Building Plans.— (1) The Authority, may prepare and notify standard
building plans of low risk building category for different standard-size residential plots and
specify the areas or villages where such plans shall be applicable:

Provided that such standard building plan shall only be applicable, if the plot over
which the construction of the building is proposed to be undertaken is a standard-size
residential plot and the same is a part of the layout approved by the Authority under sub-
section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 of the Act or developed and allotted
by the Government or Statutory Bodies or is a final plot in town planning schemes or
development schemes.

(2)Subject to the restrictions under sub-rule (3), prior approval shall not be required for
undertaking construction of buildings as per the standard building plan, if the same is
 81

complying to the terms and conditions prescribed below. —

(i) Where standard building plans are notified by the authority, the plot owner of
a standard-size residential plot shall identify and select any of such standard
building plan applicable to the said plot;
(ii) It shall be the duty and responsibility of the plot owner to duly verify and
ensure that the plot over which the construction of the building is proposed to
be undertaken is satisfying the conditions specified at sub-rule (1) and (3);
(iii) The plot owner shall submit an undertaking for intimation of commencement
of construction to the Authorised Officer in Form-XI, at the office of the
Authority or urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction, along with
enclosures as specified in Form-XI and fee for building operation as
prescribed under rule 124, sanction fees and other applicable fees or cess, as
may be applicable:
Provided that, where online building plan approval system is
operational for standard building plans, the entire procedure prescribed in this
rule shall be completed in online system or as notified by the authority, from
time to time;
(iv) After submission of the undertaking and applicable fees, either in online or
offline mode, as may be applicable, the plot owner can start the construction
immediately as per the selected standard building plan;
(v) The construction shall be completed within a period of three years and if the
construction is not completed within the stipulated period, the applicant shall
submit revalidation fees equal to one half of the fee as applicable for building
operations under rule 124;
(vi) The plot owner shall indemnify the authority or urban local body having
appropriate jurisdiction from structural safety and any other damages caused
by building operations or development of the plot;
(vii) After completion of the construction, the plot owner shall intimate the
Authority or urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction in Form-XII,
either in online or offline mode, as the case maybe, that the construction is
complete as per the standard building plan;
(viii) After 15 days from the date of submission of the intimation of construction
completion in Form-XII, the plot owner can start occupancy of the building or
floor or portion of the building, in compliance of the provisions prescribed;
(ix) Where the provisions of the standard building plan are violated during the
construction period, the applicant shall make an application to the competent
authority for regularisation of the unauthorised or deviated constructions
through compounding before occupancy of the building and the application
for regularisation shall be treated similar to compounding of approved
building plans:
Provided that, in such cases, the application procedure shall be as per
the general provisions prescribed under these rules for low-risk buildings;
 82

(x) The authority or urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction may
undertake verification of the buildings constructed under the provisions of this
sub-rule, at any time after receipt of the intimation in Form XI or XII; and
(xi) In case, the authority or urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction at
any time identify unauthorised construction or violation of the standard
building plan or violation of any of the provisions prescribed in this rule, then
such construction shall be deemed as unauthorised construction and such plot
owner shall be liable for action under the provisions of the Act and rules and
regulations made thereunder and the decision of the competent authority shall
be final;

(3)The exemption from the condition of prior approval for standard building plan shall
not be applicable in following cases. —
(i) If the means of access along with storm-water drains have not been laid down
as per the approved layout plan;
(ii) Any building which requires No Objection Certificate from a Public Agency
notified under the provisions of Common Application Form as prescribed in
this chapter;
(iii) plot which is coming within protected, prohibited or regulated zone of the
protected monuments, archaeological sites and remains notified by ASI or
State Archaeology;
(iv) plot for which No Objection Certificate from Airports Authority of India, is
required as per the Colour Coded Zoning Map (CCZM) of Airports Authority
of India;
(v) plot located within Eco-Sensitive zones notified by Ministry of Environment,
Forest and Climate Change, Government of India;
(vi) Plot located within Coastal Regulation Zone as per notification vide no.
G.S.R. 37(E) dated 18th January, 2019 and its amendments and replacement
from time to time;
(vii) plot located within such land use zones where approval of MP & BP
committee is required;
(viii) areas where restriction on applicability of standard building plan is specified
in the Master Plans or regulations prepared under the provisions of Odisha
Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956 and rules framed
thereunder;
(ix) any other areas, as may be notified by the authority, from time to time;
(x) the plot over which the construction of the building is proposed to be
undertaken is not in compliance with the provisions prescribed under rule 25;

(4)A register in Form XIII shall be maintained containing the necessary particulars for
all constructions undertaken under sub-rule (2).

(5)The authority may also prepare and notify standard building plans exclusively for
particular areas where specific regulations have been prescribed under the provisions of the
 83

Act or rules framed thereunder, in respect of urban design and built-form, heritage zone or
regulations framed under the provisions of rule 149 or any such provisions prescribed in the
Master Plans and prescribe the application procedure along with terms and conditions of
approval for such standard building plans.

(6)Where exemption from the condition of prior approval is not applicable, the
authority may prescribe the application procedure along with terms and conditions of
approval of standard building plans.
77. Permission for building other than low risk building. —(1) After receipt of
Common Application Form for building operations under rule 74, the Authority shall refer
the same to the concerned Public Agencies, for obtaining No-Objection Certificate
before granting or refusing permission to the applicant under sub-section (3) of section 31
and sub-section (1) section 33.

(2) The Authority while referring the Common Application Form to the Public Agency
shall notify a date and time for conduct of common inspection programme and any Public
Agency which needs to conduct field visit and inspection for giving No-Objection
Certificate, shall conduct the same as part of such notified common inspection programme:

Provided that the date to be notified shall normally be ten days after receipt of
Common Application Form by the Public Agency but in no case, it shall exceed twenty days
from such receipt.

(3) The Public Agencies shall normally issue No-Objection Certificates within three
working days from the date of conduct of common inspection:

Provided that if any Public Agency has any objection or requires any further
information then an inspection report, specifying points of objection thereof shall be
submitted within three working days of conduct of inspection to the Authority with a copy to
the applicant.

(4) Where information and document as required under sub rule (3) has been compiled
and submitted by the applicant through the Authority to the satisfaction of Public Agency,
No Objection Certificate shall be issued within three working days from the date of receipt
of such required information and document.

(5) If No-Objection Certificate or an inspection report from any Public Agency is not
received within the time limit fixed under sub-rule (3) subject to the provision of these
rules, then it shall be deemed that No-Objection Certificate has been issued by the
concerned Public Agency.

(6) Permission in respect of such categories of building as notified by the Government,

from time to time shall require clearances from following Central Government Agencies:
—
(a) Building plans, which require approvals under the
provisions of the Environmental Protection Act, 1986, shall be
referred by the Authority to State Level Environment Impact
Assessment Authority (SEIAA) or State Coastal Zone
Management Authority (SCZMA), as the case may be, for grant of
such approval and the application form, if any, referred to such
 84

agency shall also become part of Common Application Form and

on receipt of such form, Agency empowered to give
environment clearance shall finalize its recommendations,
within such period as prescribed in the rules and regulations
prescribed in the Environmental Protection Act, 1986;
(b) Applications for permission for construction of building requiring
No- Objection Certificate from the National Monument Authority
(NMA), shall be referred to Director of Culture, Odisha by the
Authority, who shall conduct enquiry as per common inspection
programme notified by the Authority under sub-rule (2) and shall
submit his views to National Monument Authority(NMA)
within the time limits fixed under sub-rule (3) and after receipt of
such views, the NMA shall consider and issue such No-Objection
Certificate to the Director of Culture, who shall submit the same to
the Authority within three working days from the date of receipt of
such No-Objection Certificate from the NMA;
(c) Applicants requiring No-Objection Certificate from the Airports
Authority of India (AAI) shall apply to AAI within five days from
the date of submission of Common Application Form to the
Authority and shall submit a copy of such application to the
Authority for records which shall be a proof for determining and
notifying the date for common inspection programme under
intimation of the same to the Director of concerned Airport for their
representation in common inspection programme;
(d) Applicants whose projects require direct access from
National Highways maintained by National Highway Authorities of
India (NHAI) shall require No-Objection Certificate from the
office of NHAI under whose concerned jurisdiction part of
National Highway, from which direct access is sought for is
covered and in such cases, a copy of Common Application Form
shall also be sent to the NHAI for issuance of No-Objection
Certificate and the process prescribed in this rule shall apply,
mutatis mutandis.
78. Signing the Plans. —(1) All the plans, drawings, statements, design details before
submitting to the Authority shall be signed by the applicant, architect /project management
organisation and the registered technical person, as the case may be.

Note. —
(a) The project management organisation or the registered technical person shall
furnish a certificate to the effect that he shall supervise the construction of the
building including the structural part of the construction and shall be responsible for
any deviation from the approved plan and any structural failure except caused by
unprecedented natural calamities and except if the applicant or project management
organisation or registered technical person intimates that their agreement has been
terminated.
(b) All aspects related to structural design, building surface, plumbing, electrical
installation, sanitary arrangements, fire protection shall adhere to the specification,
 85

standards and code of practice recommended in the National Building Code of India
and any breach thereof shall be deemed to be a breach of the requirements under
these rules.

(2)When it comes to the notice of any member or officer of the Authority or any other
person that a plan signed by registered technical person or project management organisation
referred to in sub-rule (1) is in violation of the norms of this rule he shall bring this to the
notice of the Competent Authority.
(3)The Competent Authority shall issue a notice to show cause within fifteen days
from the date of issue of such notice, as to why such registered technical person or project
management organisation shall not be disqualified or blacklisted and after receipt of the
explanation to the show cause, if any, the matter shall be placed before the Competent
Authority for a decision on such disqualification or blacklisting.

(4)The decision of the Competent Authority on such disqualification or blacklisting, as

the case maybe shall be published in the Notice Board of the Authority and on the Website
of the Authority for information of all concerned.

(5)An appeal against an order passed under sub-rule (3) shall lie to the State
Government as per sub-section (4) of section 33.

(6)In case of standard building plans notified by the authority, no signature shall be
required on the body of such plan, but all other forms and documents required to be
submitted shall be signed or attested by the applicant before submission.

79. Permission. —(1) No permission shall be required for the works specified in clause-
12.4.1, Part-2 of National Building Code of India, 2005 as mentioned from time to time .

(2)No permission shall be required for the following alterations, which do not
otherwise violate any provisions regarding general building requirements, structural stability
and fire and health safety requirements of these rules or National Building Code of India:
(i) Opening and closing of a window or door or ventilator;
(ii) Providing intercommunication doors;
(iii) Providing partitions;
(iv) Providing false ceiling;
(v) Gardening;
(vi) White washing;
(vii) Painting;
(viii) Re-tiling and re-roofing;
(ix) Plastering and patch work;
(x) Re-flooring; and
(xi) Construction of sunshades on one’s own land.

(3)All clarifications with respect to deficiency in the plan, documents shall be sought
 86

for from the applicant within 30 days after receipt of application:

(4)Once the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out and
intimated to the applicant, the applicant shall modify the plan to comply with the objections
raised and re-submit it for further scrutiny and the Authority shall pass orders as per rules
and regulations.

(5)The Authority shall communicate either approval in Form-XIV or refusal in Form-

XV.

(6)If the Authority does not communicate its decision either granting or refusing
permission to the applicant within 60 days from the date of receipt of the application by the
Authority, the applicant shall draw the attention of the Authority with regard to his application,
in Form-XVI and the Authorised Officer shall within fifteen days from the date of receipt of
notice in Form-XVI, place the details of the case before the Authority.

(7)If, within a further period of one month from the date of receipt of the application
drawing such attention as mentioned in sub-rule (6), the Authority does not communicate its
decision, such permission shall be deemed to have been granted to the applicant on the date
following the date of expiry of the three months period.

(8)In case of low-risk buildings, rule 75 shall be followed.

(9) The Authority may make appropriate regulations, not inconsistent with the
provisions of these rules, for the purpose of existing buildings which may require house-
lifting operation.
80. Maintenance of Register. —A register in Form-XVII containing the necessary
particulars including information as to the manner in which applications for permission have
been dealt with by the Authority shall be maintained and the same shall also be maintained
in case of online approval system.

81. Information at the site of construction. —(1) Whenever tests of any material are
made to ensure conformity of the requirements of these rules, records of the tests data shall
be kept available for inspection during the construction of building and for such period
thereafter as required by the Authority.

(2)The persons to whom a permit is issued during construction shall keep pasted in a
conspicuous place on the property in respect of which the permit was issued, the followings —
(i) a copy of the building permit; and
(ii) a copy of approved drawings and specifications

(3) A copy of the Construction and Demolition Waste management Plan shall be also
kept at the site for verification by the Competent Authority.
 87

82. Construction and layout not according to plan. —(1) If the Authority finds at any
stage that the construction or land development is not being carried on according to the
approved plan or is in violation of any of the provisions of these rules, it shall cause notice
to the owner disallowing further construction until necessary corrections in the plan are
made and the corrected plan is approved.

(2)If the owner fails to comply with the requirements at any stage of construction, the
Authority may cancel the building or layout permission issued and shall cause notice of such
cancellation to be pasted upon the said construction or place a notice on the site, as the case
maybe.

(3)If the owner is not traceable at the address given in the notice, pasting of such notice
near the entry gate of the property shall be considered as sufficient notification of
cancellation to the owner thereof and no further work shall be undertaken until a valid
building permission is issued thereafter.

(4)The notification under sub-rule (3) shall also be published in one widely circulated
newspaper as public notice.
(5)The Authority may also be at liberty to forfeit whole, or part of the security deposit
obtained from the applicant during sanction of the plan.

(6)An appeal against an order passed under this rule shall lie to the State Government
under sub-section (4) of Section 33 of the Act.

(7)The Authority shall also bring all such cases to notice of Odisha Real Estate Regulatory
Authority established under the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016.

83. Stage-wise report by the Project Management Organisation. —(1) The applicant
shall ensure that the Project Management Organisation engaged by him shall take up site and
field verification and submit report in Form-XVIII to the Authority at the stage of
foundation level, plinth level and roof casting for each floor of the building which has been
permitted by the Authority.

(2)In case, submission of aforesaid stage wise report is not ensured by the applicant at
the appropriate construction stage, a fine at the rate of twenty-five rupees per day for non-
submission of stage wise report for the first time and the fine shall be imposed at the rate of
one hundred rupees per day if construction for subsequent stages have also been undertaken
without submitting the respective stage wise report after such first instance of non-
submission.
84. Third Party Verification at Plinth Level and Ground Floor Roof Level. —(1) In
apartments, housing projects, high rise buildings and special buildings, the applicant shall
engage an accredited person who has been listed by the Authority for third party verification
of the building, for verification and submission of report at plinth level stage and ground
floor roof level stage:

Provided that, the Accredited person engaged for Third Party Verification shall not be
involved as a Project Management Organisation or Technical Person in the same project and
no Accredited Person shall be engaged twice for verification of subsequent construction
stage verification.

(2)The applicant shall pay the fees to the engaged Accredited Person for Third Party
 88

Table No.20: Fee for third party verification

Sl No. Built-up Area per floor Third Party Verification Fee
(a) (b) (c)
1 Upto 500 Sq. m Not exceeding 5 Rupees per Sq.m

2 Above 500 Sq.m Not exceeding 10 Rupees per Sq.m

Verification at the rate prescribed in the Table No. 20 below.

(3)Upon detection of unauthorised construction in the third-party verification report,

the applicant shall be imposed a fine as given in the Table No. 21 below.

Table No.21: Penalty on detection of unauthorised construction in the third-party

verification report
Sl. Stages of
Penalty amount and condition for imposition of such Penalty
no. Third Party Verification
(a) (b) (c)
A penalty at the rate of 100 Rupees per day shall be imposed on
1 Plinth Level detection of deviation at the time of Stage-I verification; and the
duration shall be decided from the date of approval.

A penalty at the rate of 500 Rupees per day shall be imposed, in

After casting of ground case, deviation has been detected at Ground Floor Roof Level
2
floor roof stage verification; and the duration shall be decided from the
date of last third-party verification.

85. Completion of construction.— (1) The Authority shall permit an Accredited Person
to approve building plans and to certify completion of building and issue occupancy
certificate for all such buildings which are categorised as low-risk buildings and the
responsibility of compliance with respect to provisions of these rules shall rest with the
concerned Accredited Person approving the low-risk buildings as provided in this Chapter-
IV and two copies of the building plan along with prescribed fees as applicable is also
required to be submitted to the Authority within thirty days of according such approval.

(2)In case of buildings other than low risk buildings, a completion certificate shall be
issued as prescribed in these rules and the same may be submitted by owner to the Authority
along with an application for issue of occupancy certificate in Form XIX accompanied by the
following documents, namely: —
(i) three copies of completed building plans;
(ii) a fee of one thousand rupees;
(iii) Documents like Record of Rights relating to ownership, Copy of approved
plan and permission letter and Structural safety certificate issued by the
Technical Person or Accredited` person, as the case may be.

(3)The deviations, if any, shall also be brought to the notice of the Authority with
 89

relevant documents.
Explanation. — In case of low-risk buildings where permission have been given by
the accredited person the completion certificate shall also be given by the accredited person
and in case of buildings other than low risk building, the completion certificate shall be
given by the Project Management Organisation as per provisions of these rules.

86. Liability for Defective Construction. —(1) In case of defective constructions, the
Authority shall not be liable for such constructions and the Authority shall sue the owners,
builders, Architects or the Engineers, as the case maybe, for both civil and criminal
liabilities, besides taking action under the Act and rules and regulations framed thereunder.

(2)Without prejudice to the provisions of the Act, the actions to be taken by the
Authority shall include stop construction, cancellation of permission and removal of
unauthorized constructions.
87. Construction near protected monuments. —(1) No construction or re-construction
of any building shall be permitted within a distance of 100 meters in all directions, or such
other distance as may be notified, from time to time, from the outer boundary of a protected
monument.

Explanation: For the purpose of this rule, the protected monument shall mean any
protected area or monuments declared as such under provision of relevant statute of Central
or State Government.

(2)No construction or reconstruction shall be permitted beyond a distance of 100

meters and within a distance of 300 meters in all directions from the outer boundary of a
Centrally protected monument:

Provided that for State protected monuments, no construction above 1st floor and
above a height of 7 (seven) meters shall be allowed beyond a radius of 100 meters and
within a radius of 300 meters of such monuments.

(3)Notwithstanding anything contained in the sub-rules (1) and (2), construction or re-
construction or addition or alteration shall be allowed only on production of clearance
certificate from the Authority concerned, as per the provisions of law.

(4)If a building or premises, not covered under the Ancient Monument Preservation
Act, 1904, or the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 and
in the opinion of the Authority, is of historical or architectural interest, and is in danger of
being demolished or altered or likely to be affected in its character by a development, the
Authority may prescribe restrictions for grant of permission for construction over any land
situated within such distance as decided from the said building or premises and such
restrictions may be imposed by Authority in consultation with Odisha State Archaeology.

(5)An appeal against the decision under sub-rule (4) shall lie to the State Government
under section 18.
 90

88. Construction near important buildings. — Subject to any direction of the State
Government, no building shall be constructed exceeding of such height and within such
radius from the boundary of such important building area and without the permission of such
authority, as may be notified by the competent authority, from time to time.

89. Demolition of building. —(1) Before a building is demolished, the owner shall
notify all utility agencies having service connections within the building, such as water,
electricity, gas, sewer and other connections and a permit to demolish a building shall not be
issued until a release is obtained from the utility Agency stating that their respective service
connections and appurtenant equipment have been removed or sealed and plugged in a safe
manner.

(2)The owner shall take all precautionary measures to avoid noise and dust pollution and
shall not create any inconvenience to the neighbouring plot owners.
(3)The provisions of the Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016
shall be complied by the owner.
(4)In case of semidetached building, no objection certificate from the neighbours shall
be obtained.
90. Responsibility and duty of the applicant. —(1) Neither granting of the permit nor
the approval of the drawing and specifications nor inspections made by the Authority during
erection of the building shall, in any way, relieve the applicant from full responsibility for
carrying out the work in accordance with the requirements of these rules and the National
Building Code of India.

(2)Every applicant shall—

(i) permit the Authority to enter the building or premises, for which the
permission has been granted at any reasonable time for purpose of enforcing
the provisions of these rules;
(ii) obtain, where applicable, from the Competent Authority permissions or
clearance required in connection with the proposed work;
(iii) ensure that the Project Management Organisation engaged by him takes up
site and field verifications and submit report in Form XVIII to the Authority at
the stage of foundation level, plinth level and roof casting for each floor of the
building which has been permitted by the Authority;
(iv) ensure engagement of such accredited persons who are listed by the authority
for third party verification of under-construction buildings at plinth level and
after casting of ground floor roof level;
(v) obtain an occupancy certificate from the Authority prior to occupation of
building in full or part; and
(vi) ensure compliance of provision of various Acts, rules, regulations and codes
which control or provide for various norms governing development including
but not limited to planning norms, fire safety norms, environmental norms, as
applicable in each case.
 91

91. Responsibility of the Authority. —(1) Approval of plans and acceptance of any
statement or document pertaining to such plan shall not absolve the owner or technical
person or project management organisation under whose supervision the building is
constructed from their responsibilities imposed under these rules or under any other law for
the time being in force.

(2)Approval of plan shall mean granting of permission to construct under these rules
and shall not mean among other things, —
(i) the title over the land or building;
(ii) easement rights;
(iii) variation in area from recorded area of a plot or a building;
(iv) Structural stability;
(v) workmanship and soundness of materials used in the construction of the
buildings;
(vi) quality of building services and amenities in the construction of the building;
(vii) the site or area liable to flooding as a result of not taking proper drainage
arrangement as per the natural lay of the land, etc.; and
(viii) other requirements or licenses or clearances required for the site / premises or
activity under various other laws.

(3)The approval or permission shall not bind or render the Authority liable in any way
with regard to the matter specified in sub-rule (2).
92. Delegation of Power for Building Plan Approvals – (1) The Building plan
approval cases up to 10m height and (or) plot area up to 500 sqm, whenever applied before
the Authority, shall be disposed by Planning Assistant/Architectural Assistant/Draughtsman
or by authorised sub-ordinate planning personnels.

(2)The Building plan approval cases upto 15m height or plot area upto 0.4 ha shall be
disposed by the Associate Town Planner/ Assistant Town Planner or any other official
dealing with the Building Permission cases of the Authority.

(3)The Building plan approval cases above 15m and upto 30m height or plot area
above 0.4 and upto 2ha shall be dealt by the Town Planner/Chief Town Planner or any
officer as the Government may decide.

Note: The Chief Town Planner may delegate the above functions to the officers not
below the rank of Town Planner.

(4)Whenever the officer vested with the above powers are not available then the
application of building permission shall be forwarded to next higher authority as per
hierarchy or to any officer as may be decided by the Government.

(5)The Authority may, by notification, delegate such powers in relation to approval of

schemes projects and building plans to the MP and BP committee constituted under rule 93;

(6)The Building Plan approval cases beyond 30m height or plot area more than 2ha
 92

shall be disposed by the MP and BP Committee.

93. Constitution of Master Plan and Building Permission Commitee – (1) The
Master Plan and Building Permission Committee (MP and BP committee) consists with the
following members namely:

(a) Chief Town Planner, Directorate of Town Planning Chairman

(b) Executive Officer or Representative of Executive Officer of
Member
the respective ULB
(c) Town Planner (next to Chief Town Planner), Directorate of
Member
Town Planning
(d) Chief Fire Officer or representative Member

(e) Chief Engineer of Public Health Engineering Organisation or

Member
representative from respective district

(f) Director, Ground Water Survey and Investigation/Organisation

Member
under Water Resources Dept. Odisha or representative

(g) Chief Engineer (Buildings), PWD or representative Member

(h) Representative of National Highway Authority of India

Member
(NHAI): (in case, site is adjacent to National Highway):

(i) Representative of Electricity Distribution Company

Member
(DISCOMs):
(j) Municipal Engineer of respective ULB: Member
(k) SPA/Secretary RIT Member
(l) Representative of ASI, State Archaeology, OCZMA, any other
member as may be decided by the Chairman of the Member
Committee:
(j) Officer dealing with Building Plan Approval in Directorate of
Member Convener
Town Planning

(2)Matters and cases in relation to grant of permission under section 31 (3) or Section
33(1) of the Act and such other matters as decided by the Authority and including
permissions for high rise buildings may be referred to the MP and BP Committee for advice
and recommendation and on such advice and recommendation of the committee, permissions
are to be granted by the Authorised Officer of the Authority.

(3)The MP and BP committee shall also act as Single Window Mechanism for carrying
out functions as mandated under this Chapter..

(4)In cases where any standard or norm such as minimum plot size for a project or
distance from electric lines, matters related to Airport, etc. has been modified by a
Department or an Agency of the Government, which has statutory powers to specify the
same, the same can be considered by the MP and BP Committee for grant of permission
under sub-section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33.
 93

(5)The members of the MP and BP Committee (other than those who are members of the
Authority) shall be paid such fees and allowances for attending its meetings and for attending to
any other work of the Authority, as may be notified by the Authority, from time to time.

94. Change of Occupancy or use of Building for approved buildings.— For approved
projects where the use of building has been changed subsequently after approval or after
issue of occupancy certificate, the MP and BP Committee may allow change of occupancy
or use of an approved building for a purpose other than for which it was approved, if such
change confirms to the provisions of these rules and zoning regulations of the Authority, on
payment of such fees and charges and on such terms and conditions as may be determined
by the Authority, from time to time.

95. Notification of Standard Operating Procedures by the Public Agencies. — (1)

All Public Agencies shall notify their standard operating procedures within thirty days from
the date on which these rules come into force for issue of No-Objection Certificate.

(2) The standard operating procedure shall, among others, include following particulars,
namely: —
(a) name and details of the officials of the Public Agencies, who shall
be responsible for receipt of Common Application Forms
from the Authorities;
(b) the process and internal time limits fixed by Public Agencies for
giving No-objection Certificates;
(c) form for issue of No-Objection Certificate;
(d) the jurisdiction-wise details of various field offices and
officers responsible for carrying out inspections and issuance of
No-Objection Certificates, if any.
96. Single Window Mechanism. — (1) Every Authority shall constitute a committee
under these rules, which shall have the representatives from such public agencies, as
referred to in sub-rule (1) of rule 77 for deciding on applications received for permission for
development.

(2) The committee referred to in sub-rule (1) shall decide on the applications and on
recommendations of the committee, the Authorised Officer or any other officer as
authorized by the Authority shall issue the permissions under these rules.

(3) If any objection is raised by any Public Agency for which No-Objection Certificate
cannot be issued, the same shall be considered by the committee and decided upon, as per
rules.

Explanation. — For removal of doubt, it is hereby declared that if any statutory

compliance is required, under the provisions of any Act or Rules or Regulations made
thereunder, then the same shall have to be complied by the applicant as per the provisions of
relevant Acts, Rules and Regulations in this regard.
 94

97. Order for grant or refusal of permission. —(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-
section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) of section 33 , the Authority may refuse
permission for building operation if the application form has not been duly filled in or the
same is not as per Planning and Building Standard Rules or any Public Agency has refused
to give No-Objection Certificate.

(2) Order for grant for permission for development by the Authority shall be in Form
XIV.

(3) Order for refusal for permission for development by the Authority shall be in Form
XV.
98. Appeal. —(1) The appeal against the order of the Authority passed under these rules
shall be submitted to the State Government through the Director of town planning for
decision and shall—

(a) specify the date of order against which the appeal is made with
true copy of such order;
(b) specify a clear statement of facts and the grounds on which the
appeal is preferred;
(c) specify precisely the relief prayed for;
(d) contain the verification certificate duly signed by the appellant as
hereunder:

“I, Sri ......................................................... do hereby declare that

facts and contents stated above are true to the best of my knowledge and
belief”.

(2) Every appeal shall be accompanied with a Treasury Challan showing deposit of a fee
of one thousand rupees in the head of Account to be determined by the State Government in
this regard.
99. Application for Occupancy Certificate. — Up on issue of Completion
Certificate to a person under rule 85, he shall apply to the Authority in Form XIX
accompanied by a copy of completion certificate for issue of occupancy certificate.

100. Reference to Other Public Agencies. — (1) After receipt of the application for an
occupancy certificate for low risk buildings, Authority shall consider the same as per
planning and building standard regulations without reference to any Public Agency.

(2) After receipt of the application for an occupancy certificate for any building other
than low risk building, Authority shall consider and refer the same to such Public Agencies
as notified by the State Government under clause (cxxxi) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2 having
regard to the nature of building for obtaining a No-Objection Certificate from such Public
Agency.
 95

101. Common Inspection Programme of the Building. — (1) After receipt of

application for issue of occupancy certificate, the Authority shall notify a date and time for
conduct of common inspection programme of the building for which occupancy
certificate has been requested.

(2) Every Public Agency, which needs to conduct field visit and inspection for giving
their no-objection certificate, shall conduct the same as part of the notified common
inspection programme, the date of which shall be a date, which is three days after but not
later than seven days of receipt of the application.
102. Time limits. — (1) The Public Agencies shall normally issue No-Objection
Certificates within three working days of conduct of common inspection programme.

(2)If any Public Agency has any objection or requires further information, then an
inspection report, specifying points of objection thereof shall be submitted within three
working days of conduct of inspection to the Authority with a copy to the applicant for
compliance.

(3)No-Objection Certificate shall be issued within three working days from the date when
compliance to the objection has been made or additional information as required has been
submitted by the applicant through the Authority.
103. Deemed Approval. — If No-objection certificate from any public agency is not
received as per the time limit fixed under rule 102, then it shall be deemed to have been
issued by the concerned Public Agency.

104. Notification of standard operating procedures for permitting

occupancy. —All public agencies shall formulate and notify their procedures for giving No
Objection Certificates required for grant of occupancy certificate as part of the standard
operating procedures to be notified under rule 95, within the days and manner, as prescribed
therein.

105. Condition for Grant or refusal of occupancy certificate. — (1) The occupancy
certificate shall be granted by Authority for low risk buildings within ten days from the date
of receipt of the application in Form XIX duly filled in, if the building has been constructed
and completed as per the provisions of Planning and Building Standard Regulations of the
Authority.

(2)The occupancy certificate shall be granted by the authority for the building other than
low risk building within thirty days from the date of receipt of duly filled in the application
Form XIX, if the same is as per the Planning and Building standards regulations of the
Authority and is in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Acts, rules, regulations or
instructions issued by any Public Agency and the applicant has complied to the observations
and provided information and documents as required by Public Agencies and Authority.

(3)The Authority may refuse to grant occupancy certificate if application form has not
been duly filled or the same is not as per Planning and Building Standard rules and
Regulation of the Authority or any Public Agency has refused to give No-Objection
Certificate.

(4)Order for grant of Occupancy Certificate by the Authority shall be in Form XXI on
payment of fee which shall be equal to one half of the fee payable for the building plan
 96

approval as provided rule 124.

(5)Order for refusal of occupancy certificate by authority shall be in Form XX.

106. Certificate for occupancy. —(1) On the basis of intimation to the Authority under
sub-rule (2) of rule 85, the Authority shall grant the occupancy certificate as per the
procedure prescribed under these rules and after all infrastructure for the utility services for
the entire building are physically provided:

Provided that the Departments or line agencies dealing with electric power, water
supply, drainage and sewerage shall not give regular connections to the building unless such
Occupancy Certificate is produced.

Note. — Regular connection shall mean operationalization of the utility service

provided at the site.

(2) In case, the provision of the approved plan is violated during the construction period,
the applicant shall make an application to the competent authority for regularisation of the
unauthorised or deviated constructions through compounding, prior to applying for occupancy
certificate:
Provided that the applicant may apply for change of use or occupancy within the
purview of the Master Plan and Zoning Regulations, if so required, at the time of
compounding of unauthorised constructions.

(3)The occupancy certificate shall also state the use or type of occupancy of the building.

(4)In all apartments, housing projects, commercial buildings, high-rise buildings, public
and semi-public buildings and special buildings, a copy of the permission letter, occupancy
certificate and approved drawing shall be displayed in a conspicuous place on the property
after occupancy certificate is issued:

Provided that display of the approved plan shall not be mandatory in Government
buildings, defence related buildings, buildings related to military, paramilitary, police,
prison, jail, banks and any other building for which waiver is given by the Competent
Authority, from security reason:

Provided further that, for consideration of aforesaid waiver, the applicant shall apply
to the competent authority for approval of the same.

(5)After issuance of occupancy certificate, in case of high-rise buildings and other such
special buildings which require fire safety certificate under the provisions of the Odisha Fire
Services Act, 1993 and rules made thereunder, periodic inspection shall be carried out by the
Fire Authority and officers of the Authority to ensure that the fire protection and fire safety
standards in the building are being maintained as per the requirements and if any short
comings or deficiencies or violations are noticed during inspection, the Competent Authority
may issue a show-cause notice to owner of such building and direct him for such compliances
as may be required for compliance to norms within a time frame as specified in such notice.

(6)If such directions are not complied with, then Competent Authority may declare such
building as unsafe for occupation and cancel the occupancy certificate by way of a written order.
 97

(7)In case of occupied buildings, the Authority shall conduct periodic inspection of the
premises and if during such inspection it is found that building constructions or structures
have been altered beyond the approved plan or any condition specified in the approved plan
is violated or any provisions which is required to be maintained or kept operational is not
maintained or the use of the building has been changed, then Competent Authority may take
steps for cancellation of occupancy certificate and in such cases provisions of sub-rule (5)
and (6) shall apply, mutatis mutandis.

(8)Where any owner occupies the building before obtaining the occupancy certificate, the
Competent Authority may issue a show-cause notice to owner of such building and direct
him for such compliances as may be required for compliance to norms within a time frame
as specified in such notice and if such directions are not complied with, then the Competent
Authority may declare such building as unsafe for occupation and such construction shall be
treated as unauthorised development.

(9)In addition to the general provisions of occupancy, in case of high-rise buildings,

apartments and housing projects or schemes, structural stability certificate from the
Registered Technical Person or Project Management Organization shall be furnished after
due certification by the appropriate agencies or institutions and in such cases, provision of
clause (vii) of sub-rule (3) of rule 74 shall also apply, mutatis mutandis.

(10) Where the project is required to be registered under the Real Estate (Regulation and
Development) Act, 2016 and proposed to be developed in phases, the Authorised Officer
with approval of the Competent Authority shall issue occupancy certificate for such phase or
phases for which the Developer has obtained registration certificate under the aforesaid Act:
Provided that for the said phase, the provisions prescribed under sub-rule (1) to (9)
shall also be applicable mutatis mutandis.

(11)Where the project is not required to be registered under the Real Estate (Regulation
and Development) Act, 2016 and the applicant after completion of a part of the building,
applies for occupancy certificate, the Authorised Officer with approval of the Competent
Authority shall issue occupancy certificate for such part:

Provided that for the said phase, the provisions prescribed under sub-rule (1) to (9)
shall also be applicable mutatis mutandis.
107. Appeal. —For the purpose of filling of memorandum of appeal before the State
Government the provisions of rule 98 shall apply mutatis-mutandis.

PART–II
RULES FOR APPROVAL OF LAYOUTS

108. Layout approval. —(1) Every owner of land intending to undertake

development of land shall make an application in Common Application Form as prescribed
in rule 74 for approval of layout and the Authority, after receipt of such application, shall
either grant or refuse its approval for layout, as the case may be, in conformity with
applicable planning norms.

(2) Layout approval to be given by Authority under these rules shall be either a sub
divisional layout or a site layout:
 98

Provided that a separate application for permission for site layout shall not be
required if a person has applied for permission for building operations in Common
Application Forms under rule 74 subject to payment of fees as specified under these rules.
Explanation. — For the purpose of these rules, the expression. —
(i) “Sub-divisional layout” means division of a plot or parcel of land, with or
without amalgamation of revenue plots, into two or more final plots after
providing for streets, roads and drains as per Master Plan, right of way for
utilities, common plot, open space etc. as per norms specified in these rules.
(ii) “Site layout” means carving out a final plot from a parcel of land, comprising
of one or more than one revenue plots into a buildable site with a provision for
streets giving adequate access to the proposed site, other boundary plots and
roads and drains as per development plan leaving a common plot for common
utilities and other public infrastructure development.

(3) After receipt of Common Application Form, the Authority shall refer the same to the
concerned Public Agencies, as notified, for obtaining No-Objection Certificate, before
granting or refusing permission to the applicant along with the notified common inspection
programme.

(4) The provisions of rule 77 shall apply mutatis mutandis where such layout of site
requires clearance from such Public Agencies.
109. Scope and Applicability. —Approval for development of land shall be in nature of
layout approval and layout approval to be given by Authority shall be either a Sub-divisional
layout or a Site layout approval.

110. Application for Layout Plan Approval. — (1) Any person who intends to
undertake development of land, carryout layout of land or for change of use of any land shall
apply to the Authority in Form X, either online or in such other manner and as per such
standard operating procedure as may be notified by the Competent Authority, from time to
time.

(2)Every such application shall be accompanied by fees as specified in Part-IV of

Chapter-IV.

(3)The application shall be accompanied with four copies of following documents and
particulars duly signed by the persons who have prepared them and the owner or the
applicant, namely;
(i) akeyplandrawntoascaleofnotlessthan1:2,000showingtheboundaryandlocationof
thesitewithrespecttoneighborhood landmarks and means of access;
(ii) the site plan on a scale of 1:500 for plots up to 2 Ha in size and on a scale of
1:1000 for plots above 2 Ha in size; and showing the physical details of the
land, the surrounding existing layouts/lands, boundaries of the site and of any
contiguous land indicating—
(a) the position of the site in relation to neighboring streets and plots,
(b) the name of the streets(s) on which the layout is proposed to be
situated, if any,
 99

(c) all existing buildings standing on, over or under the layout site
including existing service lines,
(d) the means of access to the proposed site showing width of the road;
(e) the direction of north point relative to the plan of the building,
(f) any physical features, such as well, drains, etc.,
(g) Such other particulars as may be specified by the Authority;
(iii) the part revenue map as per the details prescribed below—
(a) the site layout plan accompanied with an additional part revenue
village map showing the boundary of the proposed project site
superimposed over revenue plot boundaries and the revenue plot
numbers of all concerned plots within the project area and adjacent
plots shall be mentioned on the map;
(b) the sub-divisional layout plan accompanied with an additional part
revenue village map showing the original revenue plot boundaries
in thick black line and the final (sub-divided or amalgamated) plots
in thick red line and the revenue plot numbers of all concerned plots
within the project area and adjacent plots shall be mentioned on the
map;
(iv) the layout plan drawn on a scale of not less than 1:500 containing—
(a) the scale and north point,
(b) the location of all proposed and existing roads with their existing
and proposed or prescribed widths within the land,
(c) the dimensions of the plot in metric units along with building lines
showing the setbacks with dimensions within each plot,
(d) the location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services and
electrical lines etc.,
(e) the table indicating size, area and use of all the plots in the sub-
division layout plan,
(f) the statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilized under
roads, open spaces for parks, playgrounds, recreation space and
Master Plan reservations, schools, shopping and other public spaces
along with their percentage with reference to the total area of the
site proposed to be sub-divided,
(g) in case of plots which are sub-divided in built up areas in addition
to the above, the means of access to the sub-division from existing
streets;
(v) the public utility and services network plan, which shall include all details of
electricity network, water supply, drainage network, sewage disposal system
and rain water harvesting system and this planshall be made available to a
scale not less than 1:500;
(vi) the landscape plan, which is to be developed to a scale of 1:500 for plots up to 2 Ha in
size and the scale shall be 1:1000 for plots above 2 ha indicating the parks,
 100

playgrounds, plantation, trees, permeable/semi-permeable circulation and

parking spaces, pathways, bio-swales, rain gardens, detention/retention ponds,
level of open spaces with respect to road level etc.;
(vii) the solid waste disposal and management planfor the layouts over an area of
0.4 Ha, showing the composting sites, positions marked for placement of
waste bins as well as any other components as per the Solid Waste
Management Rules, 2016 and such plan shall also give such other details as
required by the Competent Authority;
(viii) the External Infrastructure Development Plan (EIDP) which shall include
provisions of External infrastructure such as roads, road system landscaping,
water supply, sewage and drainage system, electric supply transformer,
substations, solid waste management or disposal or any other work which may
have to be executed in the periphery of or outside a project for its benefit in
accordance with Government Notification and as modified by the State
Government from time to time;
(ix) specifications, both general and detailed, giving type and grade of materials to
be used, duly signed by the registered architect, engineer, shall accompany
with the application.

(4)The following Certificates or Clearances shall be accompanied with the application

submitted under sub-rule (2), namely: —
(i) in case the applicant is a trust, group of persons, partnership or a company, a
registered agreement between the holder of the right, title and interest and the
applicant, valid under the Transfer of Properties Act, 1882 (4 of 1882) and
Copies of the Agreement and Article of Association, Memorandum and the
Bye- laws;
(ii) necessary environmental clearance as per the EIA notification of the Ministry
of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India.
(iii) any other certificates or clearances as required under the Act or rules framed
thereunder or as specified by the Competent Authority.
Note: — the requirement of submission of any No Objection Certificate along
with application may be waived off by the Competent Authority as and when
online system for building plan approvals becomes fully operational and as
and when online system gets fully integrated with various Public Agencies for
online issuance of No Objection Certificates.

(5) The distinct features required to be shown on the plan shall be prepared in a clear
and legible manner with suitable markings or notations or indexation in order to understand
the submitted drawings without ambiguity:

Provided that, in case of online layout plan application submission, the drawings are
to be prepared in compliance to the provisions specified in the online approval system.
(6)The Competent Authority may prescribe guidelines, from time to time, to
standardize and to bring clarity in layout plans which may include but not limited to colour
code scheme for land-use distribution, colour code scheme for amenities and utilities
proposed in the project, format for area analysis etc.
 101

(7) The provisions under rule 78 to 82 and any other provisions prescribed under these
rules in respect of layouts shall also be applicable.
(8)The Authority after receipt of such application shall either grant or refuse its
approval for layout, as the case may be, in conformity with applicable planning norms and
which shall be communicated to the applicant in Form XIV and Form XV.

PART–III
SUB-DIVISIONAL LAYOUT

111. Application for Sub-division Layout. —(1) The applications for sub-division of
land for residential purpose shall be, in addition to the requirements specified under rule
110, accompanied by—

(i) a copy of Record of Rights of the land in question;

(ii) an affidavit with regard to the right, title and interest in the land and any other
particular as Authority may require;
(iii) a no-objection certificate, from the less or in case conditions of the lease deed
does not permit undertaking sub-divisions as applied for;
(iv) a site plan traced out of revenue village settlement map in operation indicating
therein in red colour the lands to which the application relates and surrounding
plots;
(v) an index plan of the site showing adjoining areas within a radius of 150 meters
around the proposed site marking clearly therein the boundaries of the
proposed layout in red colour, existing road, structures, burial ground and high
tension or low-tension power line passing through the site of the layout plan
and the level of the site;
(vi) a detailed plan to a scale not less than 1:500 showing the proposed layout
(sub-division) indicating size of plots, width of the proposed roads, open space
and amenities provided;
(vii) land use analysis indicating the survey plot number, the bye-plot number, the
detailed dimensions of all the plots, the area of each-plot and the use for which
they are proposed to be put;
(viii) in case of land originally belonging to any religious endowments, a no-
objection certificate from the endowment commissioner or wakf board as the
case may be.
(2)The applicant shall deposit security as specified under sub-rule (2) of rule 123 and
which may be refunded on compliance of conditions mentioned in sub-rule (5) of rule 123.
 102

112. Use in relation to Master Plan. —(1) Sub-division of land shall normally be
permitted for the purpose for which the concerned land is earmarked in the Master Plan and
such sub-division may be for residential, commercial, industrial, institutional or combination
of one or more of this purpose or such other purpose as may be considered conforming to
the provisions in the Master Plan.

(2) Sub-division of land for residential purpose in Agricultural zone shall not be
permitted unless such sub-division in the opinion of the Authority forms a part of the normal
expansion of existing human habitation.

(3)If a part of the land proposed for development is required for development of roads
and storm water drains under the Master Plan, then such land shall be surrendered to
concerned Authority as per the provisions of rule 33.

113. Use in relation to Layout plan. —(1) In every sub-division plan, spaces for roads,
open spaces, public utilities and community facilities as specified in these rules or any such
other facilities as the Authority may determine shall be incorporated.

(2)After a sub-division plan has been approved, the Authority shall not permit
construction of a building on any of the plot unless the owners have laid down and made
street or streets along with stormwater drains as per the approved plan.

(3)The land covered by community facilities, waste-segregation area and composting

site, shall be handed over to resident welfare association or association of allottees to be
used for the purpose for which it has been reserved in the layout.

(4)The land reserved for roads, open spaces and public utilities shall be made available
to concerned local body by way of deed of gift, after development of aforesaid internal
infrastructure:

Provided that, after surrender of the land reserved for roads and open spaces, the
applicant shall be allowed TDR certificate against the surrendered land within the layout
area, as per the provisions prescribed under rule 33.

(5) For layouts having total area more than 2-hectare, half of the area reserved for
common plot shall be reserved for public transport uses and the said area shall be made
available without any fees or charges to Authorities or agencies which are responsible for
planning and development of public transport infrastructure for the layout area.
114. Size of the plot. — No sub-divided plot shall be less than 50 square meters and the
Authority shall have the right to relax the same in special cases such as Affordable Housing
Schemes.

115. Planning standards for reservation of land in sub-division layout. —Reservation

of land in the sub-division layout shall be in the following manner, namely:—

(i) For plots having area less than 0.4 hectare, —

(a) all sub-divided plots shall be accessible by road having minimum
width as mentioned in sub-rule (1) of rule 117;
 103

(b) 10% (ten percent) of the area shall be developed for open space and
common plots for community facilities, if number of sub-divided
plots are more than 4 (four):
Provided that the reservation of land for open space shall not be
less than 5%; and
(c) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of area covered under road and
open space.
(ii) For plots having area from 0.4 hectare to 1 (one) hectare, —
(a) reservation of land for open spaces, roads, common plots for
community facilities and public utilities shall be a minimum of 25%
(twenty five percent) of the total area of the layout, out of which at
least 5 percent of the total area shall be reserved for open spaces;
(b) access road to the adjacent land locked plot is required to be
provided and the owner of land has to develop the external access
road and storm water disposal drain as determined by the Authority:
Provided that the owner of land shall have the option to pay
to the Authority the cost of development of external access road and
drain at the rates determined by the Authority in lieu of developing
the same;
(c) the plot area as decided by the Authority shall be earmarked for on-
site solid waste management as per relevant rules; and
(d) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of area covered under road and
open space.
(iii) For plots having area above 1 (one) Hectare and up to 2 (two) Hectare, —
(a) the minimum reservation of land for open space, streets, community
facility and public utilities shall be a minimum of 30% (thirty
percent) of the total area of the layout, out of which at least 7.5
percent of the total area shall be reserved for open spaces;
(b) common plot with an area of at least 5% (five percent) shall be
reserved for providing community facilities and public utilities;
(c) a public thoroughfare shall be provided on one side of the land, as
decided by Authority, within the layout to provide access to the
adjacent land locked plots, if any, which will not have access
otherwise;
(d) the owner or owners of land has to develop the access road to the
site and storm water drain to the site as determined by the
Authority:
Provided that the owner of the land will have the option to pay
to Authority the cost of development of external access road and
drain at the rates determined by the Authority in lieu of developing
the same;
 104

(e) the plot area as decided by Authority shall be earmarked for on-site
solid waste management as per relevant rules; and
(f) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of area covered under road and
open space.
(iv) For plots having area above 2 (two) Hectare and up to 10 (ten) Hectare, —
(a) the minimum reservation of land for open space, streets, community
amenities and public utilities shall be a minimum of 35% (thirty-
five percent) of the total area of the layout, out of which at least
10% (ten percent) of the total area shall be reserved for open
spaces;
(b) common plot with an area of at least 7.5 percent is to be reserved
for providing community facilities and public utilities;
(c) a public thoroughfare shall be provided on at least one side of the
land, as decided by Authority, within the lay out to provide access
to the adjacent land locked plots, which will not have an access
otherwise;
(d) the owner or owners of land has to develop the access road and
storm water drain to the site as determined by the Authority:
Provided that, the owner or owners will have the option to pay
to Authority the cost of development of external access road and
drain at the rates determined by the Authority in lieu of developing
the same;
(e) the plot area as decided by Authority shall be earmarked for on-site
solid waste management as per relevant rules; and
(f) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of area covered under road and
open space.
(v) For plots having area above 10 Hectare, —
(a) the minimum reservation of land for open space, streets and
community facilities and public utilities shall be 40% (forty
percent) of the total area of the layout, out of which at least 10%
(ten percent) shall be reserved for open spaces;
(b) a maximum of 50% (fifty percent) of the gross area shall be used
for residential purpose;
(c) mixed land use shall be provided in such layouts with a provision of
maximum of 20% (twenty percent) of gross land area;
(d) common plot with an area of at least 10% (ten percent) is to be
reserved for community facilities and public utilities;
(e) a public thoroughfare shall be provided at least on two sides of the
land, as decided by Authority, within the lay out to provide access
to the adjacent land locked plots, which will not have an access
otherwise;
 105

(f) the owner or owners of land has to develop the access road and
storm water drain to the site as determined by the Authority:
Provided that, the owner or owners may have the option to
pay to Authority the cost of development of external access road
and drain at the rates determined by the Authority in lieu of
developing the same;
(g) the plot area as decided by Authority shall be earmarked for on-site
solid waste management as per relevant rules; and
(h) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one
tree per every 80 square meters of area covered under road and
open space.
116. Reservation for Affordable Housing. —(1) Every plot with area more than 0.4
hectare shall have reservation of land for development of housing units for EWS and LIG.

(2)At least 20% (twenty percent) of saleable residential land shall be earmarked for
EWS and LIG category.
(3)It is further provided that plots carved out for EWS and LIG categories in an
approved layout shall not be amalgamated and or sub-divided, unless they are proposed to
be developed as a housing project consisting of dwelling units of exclusively Economically
Weaker Sections and Lower Income Groups.
(4)Minimum size for EWS and LIG plots shall not be less than 30 (thirty) square
meters and 50 (fifty) square meters, respectively.
(5)In cases, where the land for layouts is less than 2 (two) hectare and where EWS or
LIG plots are not being provided in such layouts, the applicant shall pay a “shelter fee”
equivalent to 25% (twenty-five percent) of the Benchmark Value of land that would have
been reserved for such EWS and LIG plots.
117. Hierarchy and Width of Roads. —(1) The hierarchy and width of roads in cases of
sub-division layout shall be as per following extent, namely:—

(i) The site of sub-division layout shall have an access road from existing
public or private pucca roads as specified in Table No.22 below:
Table No.22: Minimum road width (ROW) for Sub-division Layouts
Sl. Area for Development (In Hectare) Minimum Right of Way
No.
(a) (b) (c)
1 Up to 1.0 6 meters
2 1.0 to 4.0 9 meters
3 Above 4.0 12 meters
4 Above 10.0 18 meters
Note: For EWS/LIG housing scheme, the minimum road width may be relaxed by the
Authority
(ii) The width of the internal roads of a sub-division layout shall be as specified
in Table No.23 below:
 106

Table No.23: Minimum ROW of Internal Roads

Minimum ROW (in Meters)
Sl. Length of Road
Non-residential and
No. (in Meters) Residential Mixed Use
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 Up to 250 6.00 9.00
2 Above 250 and up to 500 9.00 12.00
3 Above 500 and up to 1000 12.00
18.00
4 More than 1000 18.00
Explanation: - The length of the road shall be distance from the middle point where
the roads meet the next higher roads.

(2)In case of layout for sub-division of plot in an existing built up area surrounded by
buildings, the minimum width of access road can be relaxed by the MP and BP Committee
and which can be done only in such cases where there is no possibility of widening the
access road to the proposed sub-division layout to the standards as given in clause (i) of sub-
rule (1) and this shall be subject to the condition that maximum FAR on the individual plots
in such a layout shall be proportionately reduced.

(3)Further, in case of layouts for Economically Weaker Sections, the minimum road
width may be relaxed to 6.0 meters.

(4)Provision of Cul-de-sac of minimum 7.5 meters radius shall be provided for dead end
streets of 6 meters ROW with a maximum road length of 100 meters, however Cul-de-sac shall
not be required in case the length of the road for the dead-end street is only up to 25 meters.

(5)The roadside drainage shall be an integral part of roads with provision of proper
slopes so as to dispose-off rainwater runoff.

(6)The side of the roads shall be provided with pathway by using pervious materials so
as to ensure maximum ground water recharge.
118. Provisions for Industrial Layouts. —(1) The planning standards for reservations of
land for sub-divisional layouts for industrial estates shall be as per rule 115 except as
provided hereunder:

(i) except for the land reserved for open space, streets and common plots, the rest
of the land may be utilized for any purpose as specified in the applicable
industrial policy resolution of the State Government;
(ii) for areas above 10 hectare, also reservations for open space, streets, common
plots may be limited to 35% of the total area of the layout, out of which 10%
each shall be reserved for open space and common plots;
(iii) for layouts having total area more than 2 hectare, 5% of the total area shall be
reserved for public transport uses. This area can be reserved out of half of the
total reservation applicable for common plot areas and the said area shall be
made available without any fees or charges to Authorities or agencies which
are responsible for planning and development of public transport
infrastructure for the layout area;
 107

(iv) The land reserved for open space shall be located in one central place and out
of which, an area to the extent of 5 percent of the open space area may be
developed only with ground floor structure for the purpose of parking, water
tank, public toilets, crèche and library and other such proposes which are
incidental to the main purpose for which the open space is used; and
(v) provision of plantation shall be given at the rate of minimum one tree per
every 80 square meters of area covered under road and open space.

(2)The common plot area may be used for Local Area offices, Post Offices, Telephone
Exchange, Fire Stations, Police Stations, Electric Sub-station, Water Supply Works,
Drainage Works, Common Facility Centre/Recreation Centre, Industries Association offices,
Training Centre, Pollution Control Laboratories, Sulabh Sauchalaya, informal shopping.

(3)The size of the plot shall not be less than 300 square meters with minimum plot
width of 15 meters.
119. Special Provisions. — (1) For plots or Bye plots which are sub-divided amongst
members of a family under relevant laws, the provisions made under sub-division layout
shall not apply provided such sub-divided land parcels are accessible by adequate width of
road.

(2)For development of a sub-divisional layout for farmhouses and country homes

following norms shall apply, namely: —
(i) Plot size shall not be less than 1.0 hectare and 2000 square meters for farm
houses and country homes; respectively;
(ii) Access road to each of the plot shall not be less than 9 meters; and
(iii) Community facilities and public utilities shall be developed over 10 percent of
the area of the project.

(3)The land covered by roads, open spaces or other purposes shall be handed over to
resident welfare association for use and maintenance, out of which, land reserved for roads
and open spaces shall be made available to concerned local body or any Government
agencies by way of deed of gift, if same is required by them.
120. Applicability. — (1) Site layout approval shall be applicable to projects which are
located on plots where layout approval for sub-division has not been taken.

(2)Site layout approval shall be for all category of projects including apartment building,
housing projects, commercial, industrial, institutional or combination of one or more of this
purpose or such other purpose as may be considered confirming to the provisions in these rules.
121. Site Layout Approval. — (1) Site layout approval of a land shall normally be
considered only along with application for building plan approval and in such cases,
application submitted in Form X for building plan approval shall be sufficient.

(2)The applicant shall surrender such part of the land which is affected by roads and
storm water drains proposed in Master Plan or is required for widening of roads as
determined by the Authority before grant of permission.
 108

(3)Surrender of land to the concerned Authority shall be free of all cost and charges
and in lieu of such surrendered land, the applicant shall be entitled for grant of Transferable
Development Rights (TDR) Certificate as per the provisions prescribed in rule 33.

(4)A public thoroughfare may be provided on at least one side of the land, as decided
by the Authority, within the site lay out to provide access to the adjacent land locked plots
and in such cases, the applicant shall be entitled to for grant of Transferable Development
Rights (TDR) certificates, subject to the provision that for projects or plots more than 1
(one) hectare provision of public thoroughfare on one side of the land is mandatory:

Provided that the cost of development of such public thoroughfare, as may be

determined by the Authority. Provisions for integration of public transport infrastructure and
other such requirements shall be made as per guidelines formulated under rule 50.

PART–IV
FEES FOR PLAN APPROVAL

122. Fees and Deposits. —(1) Every application for permission for building operation or
development shall be accompanied by such fee as prescribed in rules 124 and 128.

(2)In addition to the fees given in sub-rule (1), the applicant shall also pay the following
fees at such rates and in such manner as decided by the Authority, from time to time, namely:
—

(i) Fees for temporary retention of existing building or structure;

(ii) Fees for change of use of building;
(iii) Development Charges as may be notified by the State Government, from time
to time;

(iv) Charges for Purchasable Floor Area Ratio (FAR). — Charges for Purchasable
FAR for 1 Square meter of built-up area shall be equivalent to 1/4th of the
benchmark value of 1 Square meter of land area.

Note. — where the project is having multiple plots with multiple benchmark
values, the benchmark value shall be taken as the weighted average of
benchmark value of all plots;
(v) External Infrastructure Development Fee as notified by the
Authority/Government from time to time;
(vi) any other charges as may be determined by the Authority/Government.

(3)The payment of fees and charges may be done electronically or by any other means
as may be decided by the Competent Authority, from time to time.

(4)The applicant shall have the option to deposit purchasable FAR and External
Infrastructure Development fee, in four equal instalments as given below. —
(i) First instalment: before issue of permission letter;
 109

(ii) Second instalment: at the time of submission of Third-Party verification report

at plinth level;
(iii) Third instalment: at the time of submission of Third-Party verification report
after casting of ground floor roof;
(iv) Fourth instalment: at the time of submission of application for occupancy
certificate;
123. Security deposit.— (1) The applicant shall deposit a refundable non-earning
security deposit at the rate of one hundred rupees per square meter of built-up area or any
such amount as revised, from time to time, by the Authority, which shall be applicable for
the following categories of buildings, if such projects are not required to be registered under
the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 (16 of 2016), namely:—

(i) Apartment buildings or Housing Projects; and

(ii) All commercial and institutional buildings having 200 square meters built-up
area or more

(2)In case of sub-divisional layouts, if such projects are not required to be registered
under The Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016, the applicant shall deposit a
refundable non-earning security deposit at the rate of one hundred rupees per square meter of
plot area for development of land for a plotted development scheme or any such amount as
revised, from time to time, by Authority.

(3)The applicant shall have the option of paying security deposit in the form of Bank
Guarantee which shall be valid for a period of at least forty months from the date of approval.

(4)Thesecuritydepositsshallberefundedwithin30 days from the date of issue of

occupancy certificate.

(5)In case of sub-divisional layouts, the security deposit shall be refunded after
compliance of the following conditions: —
(i) the streets, storm-water drains, are laid down as per approved plan;
(ii) the plots, open spaces, common plots and other provisions of the approved
layout has been defined on ground by physical means;
(iii) the areas covered under roads, open spaces and public utilities are developed
and made available to the concerned local body by way of deed of gift;
(iv) the land which is affected by roads and storm water drains proposed in Master
Plan or is required for widening of roads or for providing access to the adjacent
land locked plots and land required for development of public thoroughfare are
surrendered to the concerned Authority by way of deed of gift; and
(v) rain water harvesting provision for open spaces and plantation requirement have
been provided.

(6)In cases where the construction or development is not as per the approved plan, the
security deposit shall be forfeited, and separate action will be initiated against the builder or
developer as per the provisions of the Act.
 110

(7)In cases where deviation is found to be within the compounding limits, compounding
fee to be adjusted from the security deposit.

(8)For building of Government’s departments and statutory bodies established under the
provisions of any Act, no such security deposit shall be levied during grant of permission, but
such exemptions shall not be available to such buildings which are constructed as commercial
projects.

(9)In case of projects being taken up by the Authority on PPP basis, no such security
deposit shall be levied, if any performance security or otherwise of equal amount or higher
than the amount required for security deposit under sub-rule (1) or (2) is already pledged in
favour of the Authority:
Provided that where the performance security already pledged in favour of the
Authority is less than the amount required for security deposit under sub-rule (1) or (2), the
applicant shall deposit the differential amount towards security deposit:
Provided also that any deduction or charge which can be made under these rules on
the security deposit, shall be deemed to be made on such performance security.
124. Development Fees. —(1) Every application submitted for building operation or
development, under rule 74 shall be accompanied by fee as specified in the Table No. 24
below:

Table No. 24: Development Fees

Sl No. Details of construction and Area Fee in Rupees
(a) (b) (c)
In
(A) Fee for development of land 1.00 Per Sq. mtr
Rs
(B) Fee for building operation
(i) For residential building (covered area on all floors)
(a) up to 100 sq.mts Rs 150.00
(b) above 100 and up to 150 sq.mts Rs 225.00
(c) above 150 and up to 300 sq.mts Rs 300.00
(d) for every additional 50 sq.mts or part thereof Rs 300.00

For Commercial buildings (Business, Mercantile, Shops,

Hotels, Public Assembly Buildings, Show Rooms,
(ii)
Business Offices, Godowns, Warehouses, Banks,
Cinemas, Theatre, Clubs, etc.)

(a) up to 20 sq.mts Rs 250.00

(b) above 20 and up to 50 sq.mts Rs 375.00
(c) for every additional 50 sq.mts or part thereof Rs 500.00
(iii) For Industrial buildings (Covered area on all floors)
(a) up to 150 sq.mts
(b) for every additional 150 sq.mts or part thereof
 111

Table No. 24: Development Fees

Sl No. Details of construction and Area Fee in Rupees
(a) (b) (c)
For Public buildings (Educational, Religious, Charitable,
at
(iv) Government of Local Bodies uses). Covered area on all 0.50 Per Sq. mtr
Rs
floors

125. Principles for Fixation of Fees. —The fixation of the fees specified under rule 124
shall be subject to the following provisions, namely: —

(a) for re-erection of existing buildings, the fee chargeable shall be

the same as for erection of a new building;
(b) for additions and alterations in an existing building, the fee shall
be chargeable on the added or altered portion only, on the same
scale as is applicable to the erection of a new building;
(c) for a revised plan for any building the original plan of which has
already been sanctioned by the Authority, the fee chargeable
shall be equal to one half of the fee chargeable on the original
plan itself, subject to the condition that the concerned area of
the building has not or is not proposed to be increased as
compared to the original one;
(d) in case of additions or alterations to a building if the use of the
building has been or is proposed to be changed, the fee shall be
calculated basing on the use proposed;
(e) for the purpose of calculating the fee, the areas covered under
the basement, if any, shall be counted towards the covered area;
(f) where the building is proposed to be used for more than one
purpose the fee to be levied shall be calculated as per the rates
applicable for the respective uses applied for;
(g) Where the same applicant applies for repetitive type of
residential building, the fee shall be calculated for each type of
building block, type, or design.

Explanations. — (1) For the purposes of this clause, the expression “repetitive type
of residential building” shall mean the construction of buildings, blocks of same type design
repeatedly.

(2) An application may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time prior to the grant of
permission and such withdrawal shall terminate all proceedings with respect to the
application, but in such cases an applicant shall not be entitled to refund of any fees paid by
him.

(3) For purposes of calculation of fee, covered area shall mean the area proposed to be
covered by the building including the internal courtyard thereof, if any.
 112

126. Fees for inspecting the permission register— The fee to be paid for inspecting the
register of application for permission, maintained by the Authority, under Sub-section (3) of
section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 , shall be two hundred rupees, which shall be
paid prior to inspection.

127. Fees payable for revalidation of permission— An application for re-validation of

permission for building operation before expiry of duration of such permission shall be
accompanied by the fees equal to one half of the fee as applicable under rule 124.

128. Additional fees to be paid for grant of permission— (1) In addition to the fees
prescribed in rule 111, the fees as indicated hereunder in the Table No. 25, shall also be
paid by an applicant for grant of permission for carrying out development under sub-
section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 .

Table No. 25: Additional fees, charges and deposits to be paid prior to grant of permission

Sl. Fees/deposits Rate of fee

No. (2) (3)
(1)
As specified and notified by the
1 Development Charges
Government from time to time.

As specified and notified by the

2 City Infrastructure Impact Fees
Government from time to time.

Fee for temporary retention of existing As specified and notified by the

3 Government from time to time.
building /structure

4 Refundable Security deposits As per provisions under these rules

(2) The security deposits shall be paid at the time of grant of permission for carrying out
development of building in shape of cash or bank guarantee which is refundable without
interest after issue of occupancy certificate to ensure adherence to conditions of permission
for development and in case of violation of the conditions the security deposits will be
forfeited partly or fully as decided by the Authority.
 113

CHAPTER –V
TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS

129. General Terms & Conditions for Issuance of transferable development

rights.:(1) The land which is reserved for providing amenities as per approved Master Plan,
the owner or lessee of such land shall be eligible for award of Transferable Development
Rights equivalent to permissible floor area ratio of 2 (two) for that plot of land to the extent
and on conditions, as provided in these rules.

Illustration: —

If owner or lessee of land surrenders 10,000 square feet of his land to Authority
under these rules for the purposes as defined under these rules, then he shall be eligible to
get transferable development rights certificate to the extent of 20,000 square feet.

(2) An owner or lessee of land shall be issued with a TDR certificate only after completion
of procedure prescribed in these rules.

(3) TDR certificate so issued may be utilized to take up development on receiving plot,
which is permissible over and above the base FAR for that plot but within the Maximum
Permissible FAR as prescribed in Building Regulations and guidelines of the concerned
Authority.

(4) The holder of transferable development right certificate may utilize the same either at
the remaining portion of the area so surrendered or anywhere else in the said development
area, either by himself or by way of transfer to any other person.

(5) The transferable development rights certificates shall be issued only in the name of an
individual, a company registered under the Companies Act, 2013, Statutory Corporations or a
Society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860, but shall not be issued in the name
of partnership firms, nominees, agents or any other such persons:

Provided that if the property stands in the name of partnership firms, TDR Certificate
shall be issued in the name of all of the partners of partnership firm or as the partners have
agreed upon by expressing their willingness in writing.

(6) The transfer and utilization of TDR in favour of Non-Resident Indians (NRI) shall be
subject to rules and regulations of the Reserve Bank of India and the Government of India,
made from time to time, in this regard.

(7) The specimen signature or thumb impression in application for grant of TDR shall have
to be attested by an Executive Magistrate under his official seal.

(8) In respect of property held jointly by several persons, the Competent Authority shall
issue only one certificate and delivery of TDR certificate to one of the several joint holders
written through a deed of relinquishment duly registered in favour of the holder duly signed
by all such persons and the same shall be treated as sufficient delivery to all such holders
and accordingly the Competent Authority shall issue TDR certificate in the name of only
one owner by deleting name of any co-owner from the TDR certificate.

(9) The TDR certificate shall be valid for five years and can be revalidated for another
period of five years.
 114

(10) In case the TDR certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed and sufficient proof thereof is
submitted to the Competent Authority, the same may be replaced on payment of a
processing fees at the rate of one per centum of present valuation on such date of the sending
plot and on submitting the necessary undertaking, indemnity bond, investigative evidences
(Copy of FIR), etc. and after giving advertisement in two local newspapers and by
following the detailed process to be prescribed by the concerned Authority, in this regard.

(11) If any building, agricultural or horticultural crops is standing on the land so surrendered
as per provisions of these rules, then the owner or the lessee of such land shall be fairly
compensated by the Authority following due process of valuation prescribed in this regard.

(12) The transferable development rights can also be granted by Competent Authority for
incentivizing development of affordable housing schemes or slum redevelopment projects as
per provisions of relevant policy of State Government in force.

(13) Further the lands which are prohibited by order of any Court or sub judice in any
manner or lands under acquisition under the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency
in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 or any other law for time
being in force shall not be eligible for grant of TDRs certificate.

(14) Where the site is already a developed one, irrespective of fact whether the development
on such land is authorised or not, the part of the land required for providing amenities in
accordance with the Master Plan, the owner or lessee of such land shall be eligible for award
of TDR certificate under these rules.

(15) Where any authorised building is existing over a land and after surrender of the part of
the land in accordance with the provisions of these rules then existing building, which is
retained on the remaining part of the land even if it violates the existing Building
Regulations of the Authority, shall be construed to be in conformity with Building
Regulations as long as no addition or alteration or change of use is made to the existing
building.

(16) If the Authority acquires a part of land under these rules and on the remaining part of
the land, an unauthorized building is existing, the Authority may award TDR certificate for
such portion of land, but the existing building in the remaining part of the land shall
continue to be unauthorized until it gets regularized following due process of law or
demolished.

(17) The Authority may consider relaxing set back requirements along the dividing line
between the land surrendered and the land retained, for a proposed construction in the
remaining land, on individual merits of the case, except in the cases of multi storied
buildings.

(18) The owner or lessee of the land may withdraw from surrendering his land under these
rules at any time before final approval of Competent Authority by filing an application to
Competent Authority.

(19) No applications for grant of TDR shall be considered from owner or lessee of the land
belonging to Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes Community, if prior approval of
Competent Authorities under various laws, which protects rights of these communities in
land, is not taken.
 115

(20) No applications for grant of TDR shall be considered on land whose Kisam is Forest or
reserved Forest.
130. Provisions for issuance of TDR certificate: (1) The Authority may, by notification,
make a scheme for acquiring lands by way of granting TDRs as a compensation to those
whose land are proposed to be acquired for the purpose of implementation of projects and
programmes mentioned under sub-rule (1) of rule 129.

(2) The scheme under sub-rule (1) shall include, following information, namely: —
(a) clearly define the area proposed for acquisition under these rules
which shall include name of the Revenue Village, Khata No., Plot
No., Area of the plots so required;
(b) site plan and map of the lands so required; and
(c) the intended purpose for which these lands are required.

(3) Before issuing such scheme, the Authority shall ensure that, —
(a) an Authorised Officer of the Authority not below the rank of
Assistant Town Planner certify that the lands so notified are
required for the purpose of implementation of Master Plan
prepared under the provisions of Act;
(b) the concerned user agency which requires the land for
implementation of projects or programmes mentioned in sub-rule
(1) of rule 129 shall utilise the land for such project or programme
and who shall also certify the land requirements by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer of the user agency.

(4) The scheme shall call upon all those who have interest in such lands to file an
application giving details of their legal rights, in the said area and details of the vacant or
built-up land falling in the said area in writing to the authorized Officer of the Authority in
Form XXII.

(5) The scheme shall also be published in at least two widely circulated local newspapers
and from the date of such publication, Authority shall start accepting applications for grant
of TDRs with respect to notified lands which are proposed to be acquired under these rules.

(6) The owner or the lessee of the land shall, along with the application in Form XXII,
produce all Legal documents to support his claim for right, title and interest over the
proposed land, which is to be surrendered for the award of transferable development rights
certificate and shall also file an affidavit as to the correctness of the information given in the
application and documents.

(7) The application so received shall be entered into a register, “TDR Applications” to be
maintained by Authorized Officer of the Authority, in Form XXIII.

(8) After receipt of application, Authorized Officer shall verify the applications for its
completeness and ask for a report from the respective Sub-Registrar on the Bench Mark
valuation of the lands proposed to be surrendered and on the status of encumbrance, if any,
on such lands and on the basis of information’s available, the District Sub-Registrar shall
submit a report on Benchmark valuation and status of encumbrance, if any, to the
 116

Authorized Officer in Form XXIV.

(9) The Authorized Officer shall also ask for a report from the respective Tehsildar on the
issue related to genealogy of the landowner and local inquiry report on the present status of
the land, including encroachment, if any and on basis of the field enquiry report and records
available in his office, he shall submit a report to the Authorized Officer in Form XXV.

(10) A Scrutiny Committee shall be constituted and notified by the Authority for the purpose
of scrutinizing all the applications, which are being considered for grant of TDRs.

(11) The Committee shall consider every application filed under these rules along with
report of the concerned District Sub-Registrar, Tehsildar and any objections filed before it
and make a recommendation for grant of TDR certificate to the Competent Authority.

(12) The Competent Authority may consider the recommendations of Scrutiny Committee
and decide to grant or reject or decide otherwise with respect to application for grant of
TDRs received by Authorised Officer and whose decisions shall be final and shall not be
called in questioned in any Civil Court.

(13) If the application for transferable development right is approved by the Competent
Authority, then an order shall be issued by the Authorized Officer to the concerned
Tehsildar for mutating the land so surrendered in the name of the Authority and the
Tehsildar shall, accordingly, mutate the Record of Right in name of Authority and issue the
same to the authorized officer.

(14) After issue of Record of Right under sub-rule (13) the Authorized Officer of the
Authority shall issue TDR certificate to the applicant in Form XXVI.

(15) Every TDR certificate so issued must be entered serially into the “Ledger of TDR
certificates” to be maintained by Authorized Officer in Form XXVII. Serial number of each
TDR certificate should be unique.

(16) Any fees or charge to be paid to Tehsil for the purpose of mutation of records or
issuance of Record of Rights in favour of Authority shall be borne by the applicant.

(17) Every TDR certificate shall be registered under the Registration Act between the
original landowner of land and the Authority, but no stamp duty shall be payable.

(18) Two original TDR certificates shall be prepared and issued under the seal and signature
of the Authorised officer of the Authority, of which, one is required to be kept in official
record of the Authority and second shall be issued to the applicant after entry in TDR Ledger
and a unique account number shall be assigned to each such case.
131. Issuance of TDR for Affordable Housing or Slum Re-Development Projects: To
incentivize the construction of affordable houses as per relevant State Policy or Scheme in
this regard to take up development of affordable housing and redevelopment of slums,
TDR certificates shall be issued to the concerned Agency, institution, developer etc. by
following the process prescribed in rule 130 subject to the conditions that these rights shall
be to such extent and subject to such terms and conditions, as prescribed in such policies and
schemes of the State Government.
 117

132. Transfer of development rights: (1) TDR certificate holder can transfer such
certificate in full or any part to any other person.

(2) The transfer of TDR certificate to NRI shall be subject to rules and regulations of
Reserve Bank of India and the Government of India made, from time to time, in this regard.

(3) An application for transfer or utilization of TDR should be in multiple of 50 square

meters only except the last remainder.

(4) Application for transfer shall be given in Form XXVIIIand all such applications should
be entered in “Register for application received for transfer of development rights” to be
maintained by Authorised Officer in Form XXIX.

(5) On receipt of such applications, the Authorized Officer shall get the original TDR
verified from the official records and on the basis of such verification and by following
procedure as prescribed by the Authority, the Authorized Officer shall place all such cases
for transfer of TDRs for consideration of the Competent Authority, who shall consider and
take appropriate decision to allow or disallow or otherwise such application for transfer.

(6) If any application for transfer is allowed, then the names of the transferee shall be
substituted to that extent in TDRs.

(7) On the basis of the said decision, a new TDR certificate shall be issued to the
Transferee by entering the same in the Form XXVII and simultaneously, after making do
entries, original TDR certificate shall be cancelled, and a new TDR certificate shall be
issued to the extent of value left.

(8) The deed of transfer from TDR holder to transferee shall be registered as per the
Registration Act, 1908.
133. Utilization of TDRs Certificate on receiving plots: (1) When a TDR certificate
holder wants to utilize a part or full value of TDR certificate on any plot, then he should
apply for issuance of TDR Certificate Utilization Order (hereinafter referred as TCUO) in
Form XXX to the Authorised Officer.

(2) Every application for TCUO should be entered by Authorized officer in “Register for
Applications received for Utilization of TDR certificates”, which is to be maintained in
Form XXXI.

(3) After receipt of application, Authorized Officer shall ask for a report from concerned
District Sub-Registrar on Benchmark Value of the sending plot and receiving plot and the
Sub-Registrar shall submit a report to Authorized Officer in the Form XXXII.

(4) On the basis of the report of the District Sub-Registrar, Authorised Officer shall
examine the proposal and give its recommendations to Competent Authority.

(5) Competent Authority may consider such recommendations and decide to approve or
otherwise the applications of TDR Certificate Utilization Order (TCUO).

(6) After approval of the competent Authority, a TDR Certificate Utilization Order in the
name of the owner of the receiving plot to the extent for which approval has been made shall
be issued.
 118

(7) The TCUO shall be issued in Form XXXIII and records of all such TCUO issued shall
be maintained in “Register of TDR Certificate Utilization Orders” in Form XXXIV and on
basis of same, Original Certificate shall be cancelled, and fresh TDR Certificate should be
issued to transferor, to the extent of value left, if any.

(8) The holder of TCUO shall apply to the concerned Authorised Officer for utilizing such
TCUO in the building plan proposed over the receiving plots and the Authorised Officer
shall consider the same and allow utilization of same above the prescribed base FAR subject
to Maximum permissible FAR for the receiving plot as prescribed in Building Regulations
of the Authority.

(9) Before approval of the Building Plan, Authorised Officer shall cancel the TCUO and
enter the details in “Register of Consumed TCUOs” in Form XXXV.

(10) The cancelled TCUO shall be returned to the Authorised Officer, who shall keep it in
safe custody and make relevant entries in the official records.
134. Conditions for utilization of TDR certificate: (1) The utilization of TDR shall be
in multiples of 50 square meters only except the last remainder.

(2) The Competent Authority may reject or withheld the application for utilization of TDR
in the following circumstances, namely: —
(a) If any dues payable by the owner of the receiving plot to the State
Government or to the Municipality prior to the date of submission
of project then the Competent Authority can with-hold utilization
of the TDR unless all dues of the State Government or the
Municipality are paid by the owners;
(b) if TDR is obtained by fraudulent means, then the Competent
Authority shall have the right for changing such entries as
required or to forfeit such TDR Certificates;
(c) under direction from the competent Court;
(d) if the agreement of utilization of TDR is not duly signed by the
transferor(s) and transferee(s); or
(e) if the agreement of utilization is not accompanied by the original
TDR Certificate.

(3) In case of a utilization of TDR jointly held all the joint holders of TDR certificate shall
have to sign the application form to be used for utilization.

(4) In case the TDR certificate holder is minor, the utilization shall be considered only if
application is made by the natural guardian or a guardian either appointed by the competent
Court or through proof of his/her guardianship acceptable under law.

(5) The TDR receiving plot should satisfy the following conditions, namely: —
(a) there shall be no change in the setbacks of the receiving plot.
(b) receiving plot must satisfy the additional parking requirement (if
any) in proportion to TDR being utilized to be worked out in
accordance with the prevailing building byelaws.
 119

(6) The movement of TDR from the sending plot to receiving plot shall be in proportion of the
prevailing Benchmark Valuation rates as specified in the Odisha Stamp Rules, 1952, as amended
from time to time, and which shall be subject to proportionate increase or decrease in benchmark
rates.

Illustration: —If the benchmark value of sending plot is Rs.1000 per square metre and
for receiving plot, it is Rs.10,000 per square metre then the proportionate TDR to be transferred
shall be one-tenth of the total TDR generated subject to maximum permissible FAR prescribed
for the receiving plot.

(7) TDR shall not be valid for use on receiving plots in the areas identified as “No-TDR Zone”
as notified by Authority in the Building Standard Regulations.

(8) If TDR Certificate is issued in favour of any Authority, Regional Improvement Trust,
Urban Local Bodies, OSHB or any other Government Agency under these rules, then they can
either utilize the TDR Certificates in their projects or can sell such certificates only through a
public auction.

135. Utilization of TDR certificates against dues to the authority. — (1) A TDR
certificate holder may utilize a part or full value of the TDR certificate to pay the dues to the
Authority.

Explanation. —For the purpose of such utilization of TDR certificate, Benchmark

valuation of the sending plot shall be taken into account.

Illustration: —

If the Benchmark value of sending plot is Rs.1000 per square metre, then amount of
TDR required to be surrendered to Authority for the dues payable to the Authority shall be
equivalent to:
Extent of TDR certificate to be Amount payable and due to
surrendered to Authority (In = the Authority (in rupees)
square meters) 1000 (in rupees)

(2) The other provisions relating to utilisation of TDR certificates prescribed in rules 133 to
135, supra, shall apply mutatis mutandis.

136. Cancellation of transferable development rights Certificate. — (1) Where any

owner or lessee of the land acquires TDR certificate by fraudulent means or by means of
misrepresenting the information before the Authority then TDR certificate issued under
these rules shall be liable for cancellation, and such person shall be liable for prosecution as
per law.

(2) If TDR certificate acquired through fraudulent means has been utilized by misrepresenting
the facts, then the value of such TDR on the date of utilization shall be recovered from the
concerned person as “arrear of land revenue” under the Odisha Public Demand Recovery Act,
1965.

137. Audit of transferable certificate, etc.: (1) The TDR certificates, TCUO and all
other records in form of applications and registers to be maintained under these rules shall
be internally audited by an Officer of Authority or any Agency approved by the Authority.

(2) The audit shall be done at least once in six months to check whether rules and other
 120

instructions of the State Government and Authority in this regard are being followed or not and
the audit officer shall submit a report to the Authority with a copy to the State Government in
Housing & Urban Development Department.

138. Maintenance of Record: Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of these

rules, the Authority may make efforts to ensure implementation of these rules by developing
suitable e-governance platforms, which provides for filling of on-line applications,
automation of processes between various officials, issuance of digitally signed TDR
certificates and TCUO and such other action to ensure quick disposal of claims made under
the rules.

139. Removal of doubts, difficulties and issuance of executive instructions: In case

any doubt or difficulties arise in implementation of these rules, then the same shall be
referred to the State Government in consultation with the Authority or otherwise may issue
an executive instruction to clarify such matter as deemed necessary for implementation of
the provision of these rules.

CHAPTER –VI
COMPOUNDING

140. Restriction on Compounding. — (1) Any deviation pertaining to unauthorized

development shall not be compounded in the following cases, namely:—

(i) where construction has been undertaken on Government land or land belonging
to local body or land not owned by the person undertaking such development;
(ii) where development has been undertaken unauthorisedly within the prohibited
limits of any ancient or archaeological monuments;
(iii) where such developments interfere with the natural drainage of the locality;
(iv) where such unauthorized development results in provisioning of parking
below the prescribed norms; and
(v) where road or drain whether public or private, whether constructed or natural,
has been encroached.

(2)Subject to the provisions contained in sub-rule (1), the Authority shall have the
power to determine other such circumstances where compounding shall be prohibited.

(3)The Authority may, either before or after the institution of the proceedings under the
provisions of the Act compound any offence, —
(i) where development has been undertaken without permission, but is within the
framework of use restrictions and provisions of these rules as applicable to the
specific plot;
(ii) where deviations have been made up to 10% (tenpercent) beyond the
permissible norms of these rules in respect of front, rear and side setbacks
within the permissible FAR limits on payment of such compounding charges
as may be prescribed in the regulations, from time to time;
 121

(iii) where deviations have been made up to 10% (ten percent) in consumption of
FAR beyond the permissible limits on payment of such charges which are
equivalent to charges notified for Purchasable FAR.
141. Compounding Rate. —(1) Compounding Rates for various categories shall be as
specified in Table No.26 below:

Table No. 26: Category Wise Compounding Rates

Compounding fee for Square meter
(in Rupees.) of deviation
Sl. State Govt./
Situations / Limitations Individual Other
No. Central
Residential Govt./ Govt. Class of
Buildings Undertaking Buildings
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Where development has been undertaken in
deviation to the approved plan, but within the
1. 150 25 300
framework of use, restrictions and the provisions of
norms and stipulations of these regulations.
Where development has been undertaken without
permission, but within the framework of use
2. 250 25 500
restrictions and the provisions of the regulations
applicable to concerned plot
Constructions up to 5% beyond the permissible
3. norms of these regulations with respect to front, side 1000 100 2000
and rear setbacks.
Constructions from 5% to 10% beyond the
4. permissible norms of these regulations with respect 2000 200 5000
to front, side and rear setback.

(4)The limitations on extent of compounding as prescribed under these rules shall be

prospective in nature and shall apply only to building plans approved under these rules.

(5)It is provided that cases of compounding of unauthorised development related to

building plans approved prior to commencement of these rules shall be regularised as per
norms of compounding of earlier regulations under which such plan was approved but
charges for such compounding shall be as per regulations.

(6)In case of houses constructed on a plot having area not more than 40 square meters
and height not exceeding 10 meters, compounding of offence relating unauthorized or
deviated construction shall be allowed with reference to setbacks and coverage and the
maximum deviation in FAR is 10% (ten percent) of the permissible FAR.
 122

142. Manner of utilisation of the Compounding Amount. —At least 50% of the
compounding amount shall be deposited in the Master Plan Infrastructure Development
Fund (MIDF) of the Authority for taking up development of city level infrastructure.

143. Temporary Retention. — (1) The Authority may allow retention of any
unauthorized structure for temporary period such as workmen shed, storage shed for
construction materials, watch & ward room during the time of construction and till issue of
completion certificate.

(2)The type of structure to be retained, the period of retention and the fees to be
deposited 2000/- per each structure.

CHAPTER –VII
MISCELLANEOUS

144. Draft Master Plans. — The Authority may prepare draft master plans for newly
included development areas and where such draft master plan has not been prepared, the
general provisions of these rules shall apply for regulating development.

145. Applicability of National Building Code. — Where no express provision has been
made in respect of any matter connected with planning and building standards in the Act or
rules, Master Plan, Town Planning Schemes, or these rules or by any resolution of the
Authority; then in such cases provisions of the National Building Code of India shall apply,
mutatis mutandis, to such extent.

146. Applicability of provisions to committed project. — Where any Department of the

State Government or Local Body or Statutory Authority had given any commitment for
development of a project under PPP model prior to commencement of these rules, then the
building plan of such a project shall be approved as per provisions of the regulations then in
force under which such commitment was made, notwithstanding that these rules has come
into force.

147. Decision of the Government to be final. — In case any doubt arises with respect to
interpretation of these rules or in case of any dispute in interpretation of these rules, the
decision of the State Government shall be final.

148. Relaxation by the Government. — The Authority may recommend to the State
Government for relaxation or modification of any of the clauses of these rules in the general
interest of the public pertaining to projects or schemes developed by the State Government
or any of its agency by itself or on PPP model or for any institutional building and the
decision of the State Government in this regard shall be final.
 123

149. Framing of Regulations. —The Authority may in accordance with the provisions of
the Act, frame city specific regulations in respect of industrial towns, smart districts,
heritage area, town planning scheme area, redevelopment and re-densification area, old
areas, transit oriented zone, mixed use zone or any other specific purpose, not covered under
these rules and such regulations shall be considered as under the provisions of these rules, to
the extent provided in such regulations

150. Cessation of provisions of other Rules and Regulations — On and from the date
of commencement of these rules, the provisions of other rules and provisions of the Planning
and Building Standard Regulations issued by the different Authority which are inconsistemt
with, or a repetition of, the provisions these rules shall cease to operate.
 124

ANNEXURE -I
GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
(See clause (vi) and (vii) of Rule 40)

1.Doorways:

(i) Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.

(ii) No exit doorway shall be less than 1 meter in width. Doorways shall be not less than
2 meter in height. Doorways for bathrooms, water closet and stores shall be not less
than 0.75 meter wide.

(iii) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not obstruct
the travel along any exit. No door, when opened, shall reduce the require width of
stairway or landing to less than 0.9 meter, overhead or sliding doors shall not be
installed.

(iv) Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight or stairs, a landing equal to at least
the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway, level of
landing shall be the same as that of the floor which it serves.

(v) Exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a
key.

(vi) Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding the
direction of exit.

(vii) Revolving doors shall not be provided as a means of fire exit.

2. Stairways:

(i) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.

(ii) The natural ventilation requirement of the staircase shall be, achieved through
opening at each landing, of an area 0.5 square meters in the external wall. A cross
ventilated staircase shall have 2 (two) such openings in opposite/adjacent walls
or the same shall be cross-ventilated through the corridor. The National Building
Code of India, Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety, Clause 4.4.2.5 Smoke Control of exits
shall be followed for requirement of Pressurized staircase in various building
components.

(iii) The minimum width of staircase shall be as in Table 1 herein contained—

Table No. 1: Type of Building and Staircase Width

Sl.No. Type of Building Width (m)
(a) (b) (c)
1 Residential buildings (dwellings) 1.0
2 Residential Hotel Buildings 1.5
3 Assembly buildings e.g., auditorium, theatres and cinemas 2.0
 125

4 Educational buildings up to 30 meter in height 1.5

5 Institutional buildings like hospitals 2.0
6 All other buildings 1.5
(iv) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 0.25 meter for staircase of
residential buildings. In the case of other buildings, the minimum tread shall be 0.3
meter. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent
slipping. The maximum height of riser shall be 0.19 meter in the case of residential
buildings and 0.15 meter in the case of other buildings and the number of riser shall
be limited to 12 per flight.

(v) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9 meter from the center of
the tread.

(vi) Handrail shall be provided on both sides of the staircase, if the width of staircase is
1.5 meter or more.

(vii) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase and under the
staircase shall be 2.2 meter.

(viii) Access to exit staircase shall be through a fire door of a minimum 120 min fire
resistance rating. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.

(ix) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into staircases.
(x) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the
open spaces or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door
provided to form a draught lobby.

(xi) The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at a
height of 0.5 meter from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by
electric light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs shall be
flushed with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them
due to moving of furniture or other heavy equipment's. Further all landings of floor
shall have floor indication boards indicating the number of floor. The floor indication
board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest to
the landing. It shall be of size not less than 0.5 meter × 0.5 meter and it shall be
prominently on the wall facing the staircase.

(xii) In case of single staircase, it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to
the basement shall be by a separate staircase. The second staircase may lead to
basement levels provided the same is separated at ground level by either a ventilated
lobby with discharge points at two different ends or through enclosures with fire
resistance rating door (Table 1, Part IV of the National Building Code of India
revised time to time) or through a fire protected corridor.

3. Lifts: General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:

(i) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in the
buildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency. In a
dual line arrangement (lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be between 1.5
times to 2.5 times the depth of one car. For in-line (single line) arrangements the
lobby may be typically half of the above recommendations.
 126

(ii) Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the lift
shall also be provided.

(iii) The lift machine room shall be separate, and no other machinery shall be installed
their in.

(iv) Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; (National
Building Code of India); lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2
square meter.

(v) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
(vi) Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as per relevant provision
of the National Building Code of India.

(vii) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire
resistance of at least 1 hour.

(viii) Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall be
pressurized as suggested in Annexure-III (Fire Protection and Fire Safety
Requirements) with self-closing door with fire resistance rating. Telephone or other
communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars and to be connected to fire
control room for the building.

(ix) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall be made
to prevent water used during firefighting etc., at any landing from entering the lift
shafts.

(x) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that
in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign
shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways.
Alternate source of power supply shall be provided for all the lifts through a manually
operated changeover switch.

(xi) The National Building Code of India, Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety, Clause 4.4.2.5
Smoke Control of exits may be followed for requirement of Pressurized lifts in
various building components.

4. Ramps:

(i) In the case of parking spaces provided in basement(s) and upper storey of parking
floors, at least two ramps of width and slope as per Table 2 shall be provided, located
preferably at opposite ends.

Table No. 2 - Requirements for ramp for vehicles

One way
Maximum Minimum Maximum
ramp Two way
Sl continuous width of ramp slope of
Type of Vehicle width ramp width
No. ramp length landing ramp
(in (in meters)
(in meters) (in meters) (in meters)
meters)
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)
1 LMV 3.0 6.0
2 LCV 4.5 9.0 40 6 1:8
3 HMV 6.0 12.0
 127

4 fire tender 7.5 40 6 1:10

Explanation. —
(1) Such ramps may be permitted in the side and rear setbacks after leaving 6 meters space for
movement of firefighting vehicles;
(2) The parking of vehicles at different level may also be mechanized.
(3) In case of underground/multi-storeyed parking, special measures with regard to fire safety
shall be taken in compliance to Part 4-Fire and Life Safety of NBCI.
(4) Ramp may also be provided in setback area (not less than 4.5 m having one way and shall
not be less than 6m in case of two ways) which can be sloped considering unhindered
movement of fire Engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than 1:10.
(ii) All structural design/safety aspects shall be complied per latest BIS Codes and
National Building Code of India along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine
and its maneuverings.

(iii) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 meters for stretcher and not
for vehicular movement

(iv) In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
(v) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe
place.

(vi) Requirement of accessibility for elders and persons with disabilities shall be ensured
in compliance with the provisions of Annexure-VIII which may require providing
ramps with specified gradient or accessible lifts for access to different levels.

5. Corridors:

(i) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required
width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the exterior.

(ii) The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.0 meter for
single loaded and 1.8 meters for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5
meters.

(iii) In Hospitals, the corridors through which patients are moved, shall have a minimum
width of 2.4 m throughout and corridors in other areas of hospital not intended for the
housing, treatment, or use of inpatients shall be not less than 1.5 m in width.

(iv) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of
corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2.4 meters.

(v) All means of exit including staircases lifts lobbies and corridors shall be ventilated.
6. Glass Facade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents

(i) An Opening to the glass facade of min. width 1.5 meters and height 1.5 meters shall
be provided at every floor at a level of 1.2 meters from the flooring facing
compulsory open space as well as on road side. Construction that complies with the
fire rating of the horizontal segregation and has any gap packed with a non-
combustible material to withstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the
walling without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.
 128

(ii) Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shall
have manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openable
panels shall be marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel from
outside.

(iii) Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing and building
structure.

(iv) The glazing used for the facade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as per
I.S. 2553.

(v) To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous
glass must be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of non-combustible
material having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.

(vi) Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance
rating. All such ducts or shafts shall be properly sealed and stopped fire ingress at all
floor levels.

(vii) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area
between one- fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.

(viii) Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in buildings shall have to be in conformity
with the BIS codes as given in Table 3 herein contained.

Table No. 3: Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings

Sl. No. IS Code Specifications
(a) (b) (c)
Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose (third
1 2553 (Part 1): 1990
revision)
2 2835:1987 Specification for flat transparent sheet glass (third revision)
Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purposes
3 438:1994
(second revision)
Specification for figured rolled and wired glass (first
4 5437:1994
revision).
5 14900:2000 Specification for transparent float glass.
6 16231 Part 1 General methodology for selection
7 16231 Part 2 Energy and Light
8 16231 Part 3 Fire and Loading
9 16231 Part 4 Safety related to Human Impact

7. Building Services

(i) Staircase and Corridor Lighting

(a) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall
be independently connected so as it could be operated by one switch
installation on the ground floor, easily accessible to firefighting staff at
 129

any time irrespective of the position of the individuate control of the light
points, if any.
(b) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply
from parallel high-tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by
generator.
(c) Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor or
passageway, horizontal exits, refuge area; and all wires and other
accessories used for emergency light shall have fire retardant property.
(ii) Electrical Services
(a) The electric distribution cables or wiring shall be laid in separate duct
which shall be sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials
having the same fire resistance as that of the duct. Low and medium
voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run in separate
conduits.
(b) Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other
service line shall not be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus
ducts/solid rising mains instead of cables is preferred.
(c) The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building
proposals is mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other
data cables.
(d) Separate circuits for water pumps lifts, staircases and corridor lighting
and blowers for pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the
main switchgear panel.
(iii) Alternate Source of Electric Supply: A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to
supply power to staircase and corridor lighting circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire
pumps, pressurization fans and blowers, smoke extraction and damper system in case
of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of taking starting
current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by
pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the
stand-by pump.

(iv) Air-conditioning: Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:

(a) Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies. shall not be
used as return air passage.
(b) The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance
with good practice.
(c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around
the ducts shall be sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the
compartment.
(d) Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be
fire rated for same fire rating. Further depending on services passing
around the duct work, which may get affected in case of fire temperature
rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
(e) Metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above
the false ceiling.
(f) Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall
be of non-combustible material.
 130

(g) The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall
be of non-combustible material; glass wool shall not be wrapped or
secured by any material of combustible nature.
(h) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, shall not pass through the
staircase enclosure.
(i) The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for
every floor shall be separated and in no way inter-connected with the
ducting of any other floor.
(v) If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given in
clause (iv) shall be compiled with, in addition to the conditions given below:

(a) Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke

detector / or fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the
main riser shall be made.
(b) When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units
of the air-conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
(c) The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
(d) The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible
materials or fire rated.
(e) The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any
combustible materials.
(f) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the
cleaning of ducts of accumulated dust and to obtain access for
maintenance of fire dampers.
(g) No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct
unless such duct is properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible
material (glass wool or spyglass with neoprene facing enclosed and
wrapped with aluminum sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and which would
not readily conduct heat.
(vi) Transformers:
(a) When transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it
shall be necessarily in the first basement in separate fire resistance room
of 4 hours rating. Transformer shall be dry type and shall be kept in an
enclosure with walls, doors and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4
hour. The room shall necessarily be at the periphery of the basement
having separate and direct access from open area at ground floor through
a fire escape staircase. The entrance to the room shall be provided with a
steel door of 2 hours fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall be
provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured,
transformer into other parts of the basement. The switchgears shall be
housed in a separate room separated from the transformer bays by a fire-
resisting wall with fire resistance not less than 4 hours.
(b) The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler
system. When housed at ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from
the other portion of premises by Fire Resisting Walls of 4 hours rating.
(c) A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at
lower basement level to collect the oil from the catch pit in case of
 131

emergency. The pipe connecting the catchpit to the tank shall be of non-
combustible construction and shall be provided with a flame-arrester.
(d) The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in
accordance with sub-rule (1) of rule 68 and clause (a) of sub-rule (1) of
rule 64 of the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
(e) In case this is not practically possible due to site conditions, the sub-
station shall be located on the ground floor. As far as possible sub-station
shall not be installed in a basement, for such situations special provisions
like mechanical ventilation, wherever required, cable ducting, cable trays,
top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on Transformer(s) and HV
panels, adequate fire detection and fire-fighting arrangement, adequate
drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding shall be provided.
Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent
seepage of water. A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper
than 1 in 7, for easy movement of equipments to and from sub-station.
(vii) Fire regulations—The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local
regulations and rules made thereunder wherever they are in force. At other places the
National Building Code of India shall be followed.

(viii) Gas supply:

(a) Town Gas / L.P. Gas Supply Pipes - Where gas pipes are run in buildings,
the same shall be run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and
these shall be on external walls away from the staircases. There shall be
no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors.
(b) LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length
of these pipes shall be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking
range area, apart from providing hood, covering the entire cooking range,
the exhaust system shall have to be designed to take care of 30 cu.m per
minute per square meter of hood protected area. It must have grease filters
using metallic grill to trip oil vapours escaping into the fume hood.
(c) For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of
fiberglass insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods
of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise
buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping of the
exhaust fan in case of fire.
(d) When LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24
V, or 100 V DC operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of
the hand re-set type and shall be located in an area segregated from
cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have
manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on
duty condition; and Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed
metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated space, keeping in view the
fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.
(ix) Boiler Room: Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in
the location of Boiler/Boiler Room:

(a) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement but be allowed in the first
basements away from the escape routes.
(b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire
resistance rating, and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the
 132

basement. Catch pit shall be provided at the low level. Entry to this room
may be provided with a composite door of two-hour fire resistance.
(c) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke
exhausts directly to the atmosphere.
(d) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building at the
ground floor level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
(e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall
be separated by fire resisting wall of 4-hour rating. Entry to this room
shall be provided with a composite door of 2-hour fire resistance. A curb
of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the
flow of oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.
 133

ANNEXURE -II

STANDARDS FOR FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

(Extract taken from National Building Code of India – For the complete provision, refer Part-IV of NBCI)
(See clause (v) of sub-rule (3) of rule 74, rule 53 and rule 40 (vii)

(1)Scope: The Part-4 of NBCI covers the requirements for fire prevention, life safety in
relation to fire and fire protection of buildings. This Part of NBCI specifies occupancy-wise
classification, constructional aspects, egress requirements and protection feature that are necessary
to minimise danger to life and property from fire. Lift’s escalators and revolving doors shall not be
considered as exits.

(2)The provisions of this Part are applicable to the followings unless otherwise mentioned
specifically in the provisions: —

(i) all high-rise buildings; and

(ii) special buildings, those are,
(a) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,
hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have
floor area more than 500 square meters on any one or more floors;
(b) educational buildings having height 9 m. and above;
(c) institutional buildings having height 9 m. and above;
(d) all assembly buildings;
(e) buildings, having area more than 300 square meters of incidental
assembly occupancy on any floor; and
(f) buildings with two basements or more, or with one basement of area
more than 500 square meter.

(3)The extract of the provisions related to life-safety of Part-IV of NBCI in relation to general
exit requirements, occupant load and egress components, are given in the subsequent part of this
annexure: —
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
 145

ANNEXURE -III
REQUIREMENTS FOR BARRIER-FREE ACCESS FOR THE PHYSICALLY
CHALLENGED DIFFERENTLY ABLED PERSON, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN
(See Rule 43(2))

(1)Site development: Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in
the plan along with specification of the materials.

(2)Access Path/ Walkway: Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building
entrance shall be minimum of 1800 mm. wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any,
shall not have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor materials shall be made suitably to attract
or to guide visually impaired persons (Limited to coloured floor material whose colour and
brightness is conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that
emit different sound to guide visually impaired persons hereinafter referred to as “guiding floor
material”).
(i) Finishes shall have non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.
(ii) Curbs wherever provided shall blend to a common level.

(3)Parking: For parking of vehicles of differently abled people, the following provisions shall
be made:
(i) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance
forthephysicallyhandicappedpersonswithmaximumtraveldistanceof30 meters from
building entrance.

(ii) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meters.

(iii) The information stating that the space is reserved for handicapped persons shall be
conspicuously displayed.

(iv) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device which guides visually impaired
persons with audible signals or other devices which serves the same purpose shall be
provided.

(4)Building requirements: The specified facilities for the buildings for handicapped persons
shall be as follows: —
(i) Approach at plinth level: Every building must have atleast one entrance accessible to
the handicapped and shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be
approached through a ramp together with stepped entry.

(a) Ramp Approach :Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material.

Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800 mm. with maximum gradient
1:12, length of ramp shall not exceed 9 meters having 800 mm high and
rail on both sides extending 300 mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp.
Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the handrail shall be 50mm.
(b) Stepped Approach: For stepped approach width of tread shall not be
lessthan300mm.andmaximumriser shall be 150 mm. Provision of 800
mm. high hand rail on both sides of the stepped approach similar to the
ramp approach shall be made.
 146

(c) Exit/Entrance Door: Minimum clear opening of the entrance door shall be
900mm and it shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage
of a wheel chair user. Threshold shall not be raised more than 12 mm.
(d) Entrance Landing :Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp
with the minimum dimension 1800 mm x 2000 mm. The entrance landing
that adjoins the top end of a slope shall be provided with floor materials
to attract the attention of visually impaired persons (limited to coloured
floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different
from that of the surrounding floor material or the material that emits
different sound to guide visually impaired persons here in after referred to
as “guiding floor material”). Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a
texture traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever provided must blend
to a common level.
(ii) Corridor connecting the entrance/exit for the handicapped: The corridor connecting
the entrance/exit for handicapped leading directly outdoors to a place where
information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be provided to
visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs which shall be provided as
follows:

(a) Guiding floor materials, shall be provided or devices hat emit sound to
guide visually impaired persons.
(b) The minimum width shall be 1250 mm.
(c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a
slope of 1:12.
(d) Hand rails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways at a height of 800mm.
(iii) Stair ways: One of the stairways near the entrance/exit for the handicapped shall
have the following provisions:

(a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.

(b) Height of the riser shall not be more than150
mmandwidthofthetread300mm. The steps shall not have abrupt (square)
nosing.
(c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
(d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 30 mm on the
top and bottom of each flight of steps.
(iv) Lifts: Wherever lift is required as per rules, provision of at least one lift shall be
made for the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift
recommended for passenger lift of 13 persons capacity by Bureau of Indian
Standards.

(a) The lift must have a clear internal depth: 1100 mm; clear internal width:
2000 mm; entrance door width: 900 mm.
(b) A handrail not less than 600 mm. long at 1000mm. above floor level shall
be fixed adjacent to the control panel.
(c) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm × 1800 mm
or more.
(d) The time of an automatically closing door shall be minimum 5 seconds
and the closing speed should not exceed 0.25 meter/sec.
 147

(e) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly
indicates the floor the cage has reached and indicates that the door of the
cage for entrance/exit is either open or closed.
(f) The control panel shall have marking in Braille to help visually
impaired.
(v) Toilets: One special Water Closet in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of
handicapped with essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the
handicapped which must have the following: —

(a) The minimum size shall be 1500 × 1750 mm.

(b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall
swing out.
(c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm
clearance from wall shall be made in the toilet.
(d) The Water Closet seat shall be 500mm from the floor.
(vi) Provision of W. Cs:
(a) In Buildings without Lift: Provision of special W.C. shall be made on all
floors for buildings designed for ambulant disabled persons. For buildings
designed for non-ambulant disabled special W.C. shall be provided at
Ground Floor. Size of W.C. shall depend on the type of wheel chair used
by the disabled.
(b) In Buildings with Lift: Provision of Special W.C. shall be made on all
floors. Size will depend on the category of disabled for whom it has been
provided.
(vii) Drinking Water: Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for handicapped
near the special toilet provided for them.

(5) Designing for Children: In a building meant for the predominant use of the children, it is
necessary to suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings and fixtures.

(6)Refuge: Refuge shall be designed as an alternative to immediate evacuation of a building

via staircases and/ or lifts for movement of disabled persons to areas of safety within a building, for
them to remain there until the fire is controlled and extinguished or until rescued by the fire fighters.
(i) Provisions of a refuge area that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs to be made at
the fire protected stair landing on each floor.

(ii) Hand Doorways shall be installed with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular
compliance.

(iii) The refuge area shall have an alarm switch installed between 900 mm and 1200 mm
from floor level.

(7)Signage: Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the

differently abled person shall be made with proper signage as follows: —
(i) Signs shall be designed and installed so that they are easily legible by using suitable
letter size (not less than 20 mm high) for the benefit of people with hearing
disabilities.
 148

(ii) For visually impaired persons, information board in brail shall be installed on the wall
at a suitable height and shall be possible to approach them closely.

(iii) To ensure safe walking, there must not be any protruding sign which creates
obstruction in walking.

(iv) Public Address System shall be provided in busy public areas.

(v) The symbols/information shall be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated
because people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary
colours.

(vi) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase,
parking areas that have been provided for the differently abled.
 149

ANNEXURE -IV
STANDARDS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM
(See rule 44)

(1)Introduction: The storage of rain water on surface is a traditional technique and the
structures used were underground tanks, ponds, check dams, weirs etc. Recharge to ground water is
a new concept of rain water harvesting and the structures generally used are: -
(i) Pits: Recharge pits are constructed for recharging the shallow aquifer.
These are constructed 1 to 2 meter, wide and to 3-meter deep which are
back filled with boulders, gravels, coarse sand.
(ii) Trenches: These are constructed when the permeable stream is available
at shallow depth. Trench may be 0.5 to 1 meter wide, 1 to 1.5 meter deep
and 10 to 20 meter long depending on up availability of water. These are
back filled with filler materials.
(iii) Dug wells: Existing dug wells may be utilized as recharge structure and
water should pass through filter media before putting into dug well.
(iv) Hand pumps: The existing hand pumps may be used for recharging the
shallow/deep aquifers, if the availability of water is limited. Water should
pass through filter media before diverting it into hand pumps.
(v) Recharge wells: Recharge wells of 100 to 300 mm. diameter are generally
constructed for recharging the deeper aquifers and water is passed
through filter media to avoid choking of recharge wells.
(vi) Recharge Shafts: For recharging the shallow aquifer which are located
below clayey surface, recharge shafts of 0.5-to-3-meter diameter and 10
to 15 meter deep are constructed and back filled with boulders, gravels
and coarse sand.
(vii) Lateral shafts with bore wells: For recharging the upper as well as deeper
aquifers lateral shafts of 1.5 to 2 meter wide and 10 to 30 meter long
depending upon availability of water with one or two bore wells are
constructed. The lateral shafts are back filled with boulders, gravels and
coarse sand.
(viii) Spreading techniques: When permeable strata start from top then this
technique is used. Spread the water in streams/Nalas by making check
dams, nala bunds, cement plugs, gabion structures or a percolation pond
may be constructed.

(2)Illustrations of Common Harvesting Techniques

Figure.1 Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted house (by
percolation pits and well-cum-channel)
 150

Figure.2 Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted

house and high-rise residential building(by storage sump and percolation pits)

Figure.3 Rainwater harvestingfor parks/open spaces.

Figure.4 Rainwater collection(through downpipes and sieves)

Figure.5 Rainwater collection and Groundwater recharge(through abandoned wells and

Hand pumps)
 151

ANNEXURE -V
STANDARDS FOR SEGREGATED SANITATION FACILITY FOR VISITORS
(See rule74 (2) (iv) (t), rule 47(1) and rule 53)

(1)Public sanitation facilities:

(i) Public toilets are meant for floating population, usually located near
railway stations, bus stands, market places, Government hospitals,
religious centers etc. These toilets have a greater demand for urinals
than community toilets.
(ii) The site shall be earmarked on Site Plan, or a Layout plan and the
Authority shall clearly state advantages and disadvantages of the
location for the owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building
plan design to make an informed decision on the siting.
(iii) It must be accessible to visitors and general public during the
operational hours of the building. However, fiscal generation for
maintenance may be planned with respect to user charges from
visitors and general public.
(iv) In order to ensure that public toilets/ wash rooms are built in various
parts of the city, all the buildings constructed for the purpose of being
public buildings (Government offices, hospitals, educational
institutions, commercial buildings, etc.) and the plot owners of the
plots having an area of 1 acre or more shall compulsorily construct
public washroom complexes with segregated facilitates for men and
women separately within their plots. This is in addition to the
prescribed mandatory sanitary requirements. The site shall be
earmarked on site plan or a layout plan at the time of seeking building
approval.

(2) Factors to be considered:

(i) All such complexes (public toilets/wash rooms, ATM, Guard Room)
should be constructed mainly within the setback area within plots,
provided they do not obstruct the firefighting path.
(ii) All such complexes shall be single storey only, with floor to ceiling
height not exceeding 2.8 meter and water tanks concealed with a
parapet wall / jali not exceeding 1 meter in height.
(iii) All such complexes shall have a minimum of 1 wash basin, 2 urinals
and 1 WC each, for men and women separately, with adequate
electricity, drainage, water and sewerage facilities and connected to
the prevalent infrastructure network. The entire complex shall be well
ventilated with adequate provisions for water storage and lighting for
late evening time use, both inside and surroundings. Provision of
Solar power shall be made for utilization of lighting of the complex.
(iv) In such complexes, an ATM (Automated Teller Machine) room
(including guard room) with a maximum floor area of not exceeding
9 square meters, is also permitted to be constructed along with the
toilet complex.
(v) Both the Public Washroom Complex as well as the ATM shall have direct
access from outside the plot i.e., direct access from the road, so as to
permit usage by the general public.
 152

(vi) Such complexes will be totally free of FAR and Ground Coverage
shall be 'deemed approved' by the municipal/local body.
(vii) Such complexes shall have provisions for signage, advertisements as
well as public art (which may constitute outdoor sculptures, outdoor
installations, murals, frescos, and bas-relief, folk or tribal art, artisan
craft, indoor sculpture, wall paintings, and other art forms relevant to
local habitat), with permission from the concerned agencies/local
authorities.
(viii) Such complexes shall be either constructed and maintained by the
plot owner or constructed by the plot owner and maintained by a
service provider or constructed as well as maintained by a service
provider and can be chargeable by the owner and/or the service
provider.
(ix) Such complexes should not be misused for any other purpose and if
found being misused, a penalty will be imposed.
(x) In case of addition of such complexes in the existing premises, shall
require fire clearances and incorporation of the same in the approved
layout plan by the concerned local authorities.

(3) Wastewater conveyance/treatment and prevention of contamination: -Since

sewers may not be available in many cities, in most cases the toilet blocks will have on-site
sanitation, which would require periodic cleaning of tanks / pits. Location on site should allow
easy and hygienic emptying of the pits / tanks and ensure that ground water table is not
contaminated by wastewater percolation.

(4) Adequacy in provision: -The size of the block (i.e., on number of seats) must meet visitors'
need. Inadequacy results in long queues and encourages open urination. Care is to be taken for
balancing problems and other special needs of children and the elderly.

(5) Design considerations:

(i) Adequate Ventilation.
(ii) Door Design / Direction of swing of the door (preferred outwards),
(iii) Adequate Waiting area and
(iv) Adequate volumes of water storage.

(6) The facilities should include:

(i) Separate toilet blocks for men and women with separate entries.
(ii) Seats for children to be provided in both sections for men and
women.
(iii) Waiting / Holding area.
(iv) Space for Facility caretaker and maintenance staff - from where they
can monitor and maintain both facilities for men and women.
(v) Urinal facilities for men
(vi) Waste water disposal system
(vii) Janitor / Store room for cleaning material / equipment.
 153

(7) Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets, —

(i) One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of
differently abled persons, with essential provision of wash basin near
the entrance.
(ii) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door
shall swing out.
(iii) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm.
clearance from wall shall be made in the toilet.
(iv) The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.
Table No 1:Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings
Sl. For Female
Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel
No Personnel
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Public toilet near Railway Stations (24x7)
a) One for 50
a) Water Closet (W.C) a) One for 100 users
users
1 b) One unit per 300-500
b) Urinals
users
c) One in each
c) Ablution taps c) One in each W.C.
W.C.
Public Toilet near market place/offices (for
working hours)
a) One for 50
a) Water Closet (W.C) a) One for 100 users
users
2
b) One unit per 200-300
b) Urinals c) ---
users
c) One in each
c) Ablution taps c) One in each W.C.
W.C.
Public toilets near Public Buildings
a) One for 50
a) Water Closet (W.C) a) One for 100 users
users
3 b) One unit per 200-300
b) Urinals
users
c) One in each
c) Ablution taps c) One in each W.C.
W.C.
Per Capita Volume of Water required to be referred from Annexure VII

Table No.2: The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets.
Sl. Minimum
Description Optimum (mm)
No (mm)*
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1. Water Closet enclosures 900x1200 750x900
2. Urinals (divided by partition walls) 575x675 500x600
*In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted.
 154

Table No.3: The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets
Sl. Dwelling with individual Dwelling without individual
Sanitary Unit
No. conveniences conveniences
(a) (b) (c) (d)
One provided
1. BathRoom One for every two tenement
with water tap
WaterCloset
2. One One for every two tenement
(W.C.)
Sink in the
3. One --
floor
One with drainage arrangement in
each tenement
4. Water Tap One
One in common bath rooms and
common water closet.
Note: Where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling, the bath and water closet shall be
separately accommodated

Table No.4: General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area

Sl.
Particulars General Standards/Guidelines
No.
(a) (b) (c)
On road sand for open areas: At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza,
1 Public Toilet open air theatre, swimming area, car parks ,fuel stations. Toilets shall be
disabled-friendly and in 50-50 ratio (Male: Female).
Sign boards on main streets shall give directions and mention the
distance to reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall have
2 Signage
multi-lingual signage for the convenience of visitors. Help line number
shall be pasted on all toilets for complaints/queries.
Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to
3 Modes
the attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.
The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively
Maintenance/ automatic cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat ,hand wash
4
Cleaning basin, disinfecting of floor and complete drying after each use can be
adopted, which takes 40 seconds. Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.

(8) Construction Site:

(i) At construction job sites, one toilet must be provided per 20
employees. In a work zone with between 21 and 199 employees, a
toilet seat and one urinal must be provided for every 40 employees.
For 200 or more workers, regulations call for a toilet seat and a urinal
per 50 workers. The toilet must be located within 200 meter or 5-
minute walk.
(ii) Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless
prohibited by local codes, provide privies, in locations where their
use will not contaminate either ground or surface water. Other
alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating toilets,
or combustion toilets.
 155

(iii) Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order,

running water, must be provided along with soap and individual hand
towels.

(9) Temporary Camp Toilets: -Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 meter of the site,
which shall not be closer than 15 meter of dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is
cleaned at least once per day, it is sanitary, adequately lighted and is employee safe.

(10) Special / Contingency Toilets: -

(i) For Special events like open air theater, religious or political gatherings, mela, etc.
for which there are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets or Portable
Sanitation Units (PSU) shall be provided.

(ii) The following considerations shall determine the number of toilets to be provided for
particular event, namely: —

(a) Duration of the event

(b) Type of crowd
(c) Weather conditions
(d) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions

Table No. 5: Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events

For Males For Females
Sl. No. Patrons
Toilets Urinals Sinks Toilets Sinks
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)
1. <500 1 2 2 6 2
2. <1000 2 4 4 9 4
3. <2000 4 8 6 12 6
4. <3000 6 15 10 18 10
5. <5000 8 25 17 30 17
Source:
i) Page 39 - "Special Events Contingency Planning" (FEMA)
ii) A.K. Jain, "Spatio Economic Development Record", Clauses 5.16-5.20
iii) "Public Toilets for Women in India", Volume 18 No 5, September-October, 2011

(x) At least 50 percent of toilet shall be earmarked as female toilets.

(11) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided in public
projects (transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus cities for the Third
gender with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.
 156

ANNEXURE -VI
APPLICABILITY OF ODISHA ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE (OECBC) - 2011
(See Rule 48(2))

1.1Applicable Building system:

The provisions of OECBC Code, 2011 shall apply to. —
(a) buildings/ building complexes (such as offices, hotels, shopping complexes, private
hospitals and others that are not primarily for industrial i.e., manufacturing use) with
Connected load of 100 KW or greater OR a contract demand of 120 KVA or greater
OR Conditioned area of 500 m2 or more;
(b) building envelopes, except for non-air-conditioned storage spaces or warehouses,
(c) mechanical systems and equipment, including heating, ventilating and air
conditioning,
(d) service hot water heating,
(e) interior and exterior lighting, and
(f) electrical power and motors.

1.2 Exemptions:
The provisions of this code shall not apply to. —
(a) Buildings that do not use either electricity or fossil fuel, and
(b) Equipment and portions of building systems that use energy primarily
for manufacturing processes.

1.3 Safety, Health and Environmental Codes Take Precedence:

Where this code is found to conflict with safety, health, or environmental codes, the safety, health,
or environmental codes shall be taken precedence.

1.4 Reference Standards:

Energy Conservation Building Code, 2007 and National Building Code of India are the primary
reference documents/standard for lighting levels, HVAC, comfort levels, natural ventilation, pump
and motor efficiencies, transformer efficiencies and any other building materials and system
performance criteria.

1.5 Compliance Requirements:

1.5.1 Mandatory Requirements:

Compliance with the requirements of OECBC Code, 2011 shall be mandatory for all applicable
buildings as specified in Clause (2).
1.5.2 New Buildings:
New buildings shall comply with either the provisions of Clause (4) through Clause (9) of OECBC
Code, 2011 or the whole Building Performance Method of Appendix B (11) of the said code.
1.5.3 Additions to Existing Buildings:
Where the addition plus the existing building exceeds the conditioned floor area of Clause (2), the
additions shall comply with the provisions of Clause-4 through Clause (9) of OECBC Code,
2011.Compliance may be demonstrated in either of the following ways:
 157

(a) The addition alone shall comply with the applicable requirements, or
(b) The addition, together with the entire existing building, shall comply
with the requirements of this code that would apply to the entire
building, as if it were a new building.
Exception to Clause (3): When space conditioning is provided by existing systems and equipment,
the existing systems and equipment need not comply with this code. However, any new equipment
installed must comply with specific requirements applicable to that equipment.
1.5.4 Alterations to Existing Buildings:
Where the existing building exceeds the conditioned floor are threshold in Clause (2), portions of a
building and its systems that are being altered shall meet the provisions of Clause (4) through Clause
(9) of OECBC Code, 2011.The specific requirements for alterations are described in the following
sub-sections
Exception to Clause (4): When the entire building complies with all of the provisions of Clause (4)
through Clause (9) of OECBC Code, 2011 as if it were a new building.
1.5.4.1 Building Envelope:
Alterations to the building envelope shall comply with the requirements of Clause (4) of OECBC
Code, 2011 or fenestration, insulation, and air leakage applicable to the portions of the building and
its systems being altered.
Exception to Clause (4.1): The following alterations need not comply with these requirements
provided such alterations do not increase the energy usage of the building:
(a) Replacement of glass in an existing sash and frame, provided the U-
factor and SHGC of the replacement glazing are equal to or lower than
the existing glazing.
(b) Modifications to roof/ceiling, wall, or floor cavities, which are
insulated to full depth with insulation
(c) Modifications to walls and floors without cavities and where no new
cavities are created.
1.5.4.2 Heating, Ventilation and air conditioning:
Alterations to building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment or systems shall comply
with the requirements of Clause (5) of OECBC Code, 2011 applicable to the portions of the building
and its systems being altered. Any new equipment or control devices installed in conjunction with
the alteration shall comply with the specific requirements applicable to that equipment or control
device.
1.5.4.3 Service Water Heating:
Alterations to building service water heating equipment or systems shall comply with the
requirements of Clause (6) of OECBC Code, 2011 applicable to the portions of the building and its
systems being altered. Any new equipment or control devices installed in conjunction with the
alteration shall comply with the specific requirements applicable to that equipment or control device.

1.5.4.4 Lighting:
Alterations to building lighting equipment or systems shall comply with the requirements of Clause
(7) of OECBC Code, 2011 applicable to the portions of the building and its systems being altered.
New lighting systems, including controls, installed in an existing building and any change of
building area type as listed in Table 7.1 shall be considered an alteration. Any new equipment or
control devices installed in conjunction with the alteration shall comply with the specific
requirements applicable to that equipment or control device.
 158

Exception to Clause (4.4): Alterations that replace less than 50% of the luminaries in a space need
not comply with these requirements provided such alterations do not increase the connected lighting
load.

1.5.4.5 Electric Power and Motors:

Alterations to building electric power systems and motor shall comply with the requirements of
Clause (8) of OECBC Code, 2011 applicable to the portions of the building and its systems being
altered. Any new equipment or control devices installed in conjunction with the alteration shall
comply with the specific requirements applicable to that equipment or control device.

1.5.5 Star Labeling and minimum star rating:

All equipment and materials of type and specification coming under the purview of the star labeling
programme as notified by BEE and as amended from time to time shall have minimum star rating as
notified by the Government of Odisha or as amended from time to time. Refer to Appendix-K for
further details.

1.5.6 Compliance Approaches:

The building shall comply first with all the mandatory provisions (4.2, 5.2, 6.2, 7.2 and 9) and either
of the following:

(a) Prescriptive Method (4.3, 5.3, 7.3)

Exception to 3.2(a): The envelopes trade -off option of 4.4, may be used in place of
the prescriptive criteria of 4.3.
(b) Whole Building Performances Method (Appendix B-11)
The OECBC compliant buildings in the design stage shall achieve an Energy
Performance Index value at least that of a three star level building as specified in
Annexure-II (18.3) of Appendix-H (of OECBC code).
1.6 Administration Requirements:
Administrative requirements relating to permit requirements, enforcement interpretations, claims of
exemption, approved calculation methods, and rights of appeal are specified by the authority having
jurisdiction.
 159

ANNEXURE -VII
STANDARDS FOR WATER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS
(See rule 53)
Table No.1: Per capita water requirement for various Occupancies/uses
Sl. Consumption
Type of Occupancy
No. (In Litres per Capita per day)
(a) (b) (c)
Residential
1 a) In living units 135
b) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed) 180
Educational
2 a) Day schools 45
b) Boarding Schools 135
Institutional (Medical Hospitals)
a) No. of beds not exceeding 100 340
3
b) No. of beds exceeding 100 450
c) Medical quarters and hostels 135
Assembly- Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per seat
4 15
accommodation)
5 Government or semipublic business 45
Mercantile (Commercial)
6 a) Restaurants (per seat) 70
b) Other business building 45
Industrial
7 a) Factories where bathrooms are to be provided 45
b) Factories where bathrooms are not to be provided 30
8 Storage (including Warehouses ) 30
9 Hazardous 30
Intermediate Rail Stations (excluding mail and express
10 45 (25) *
stops).
11 Junction Station 70 (45) *
12 Terminal Stations 45
13 International and Domestic Airports 70

* The values in parenthesis are for such stations, where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note: The number of persons for Sl. No. 10 to 13 shall be determined by the average number of
passenger handled by the station daily with due consideration given to the use the facilities.

Table No. 2: Flushing Storage Capacities

Sl. Classification of Building Storage Capacity
 160

No.
(a) (b) (c)
1 For tenements having common conveniences 900 lt. net per w.c. seat
For residential premises other than tenements 270l lt. net for one w.c. seat each and
2
having common conveniences 180 lt. for each additional seat.
900 lt. per w.c. seat and 180 lt. per
3 For factories and workshops
urinal.
900 lt. per w.c. seat and 350 lt. per
4 For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc.
urinal.

Table No. 3: Domestic storage capacity

Sl No. No of Floors Storage Capacity Remarks
(a) (b) (c) (d)
For premises occupied tenements with common conveniences:
Provided down take fittings are
1 Ground floor Nil
installed
Floors 2, 3,4, 5 and upper
2 500 litre per tenement
floors
For premises occupied as flats or blocks
Provided down take fittings are
1 Ground floor Nil
installed
Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper
2 500 litre per tenement
floors
Note: If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in front of the premises,
storage at ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors. The above storage may
be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic storage calculated on the
above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the number of down take fittings according
to scale given below:
a. Down take taps 70 liters each
b. Showers 135 liters each
c. Bathtubs 200 liters each
Notes for general guidance for water supply arrangements:
For new construction: Provision shall be made for under-ground tank for the storage of water,
having capacity at 200 litres per person with adequate pumping arrangements to supply water to
upper floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for use of drinking and bathing needs.
For other purposes i.e., flushing and gardening etc., the individual shall be required to have own.
 161

ANNEXURE -VIII
IS STANDARDS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY

(See Rule 70(1))

IS Standards for Structural Safety

Sl. No Title Code
(a) (b) (c)
For General Structural Safety
1 "Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete" IS: 456:2000
2 "Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel" IS: 800-2007
"Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel Structural Members
3 IS: 801-1975
in General Building Construction"
Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part2 Imposed
4 IS 875 (Part 2):1987
Loads.
Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 3 Wind
5 IS 875 (Part 3):1987
Loads.
Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 4 Snow
6 IS 875 (Part 4):1987
Loads.
Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 5 special
7 IS 875 (Part 5):1987
loads and load combination.
8 "Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building" IS: 883:1994
IS: 1904:1986
9 "Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Foundation"
(R 2005)
10 "Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry Walls" IS 1905:1987
"Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Pile FoundationSection1"
Part1:Section2BoredCast-in-situPiles
Part1:Section3DrivenPrecastConcretePiles
IS 2911(Part 1): section 1:
11 Part1:Section4BoredPrecastConcretePiles
2010
Part2: Timber Piles
Part3: Under Reamed Piles
Part 4: Load Test on Piles

For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection

"Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for Buildings and
12 IS 875 (3):1987
Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads"
Guidelines for improving the Cyclonic Resistance of Low-rise houses and other
13 IS 875 (3)-1987
building.

For Earthquake Protection

14 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures (Fifth Revision)" IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002

"Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Seismic Forces -

15 IS:13920-1993
Code of Practice"

"Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings - Code of Practice

16 IS:4326-2013
(Second Revision)"s
"Improving Earthquake Resistance of Low Strength Masonry Buildings -
17 IS:13828-1993
Guidelines"

18 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings Guidelines" IS: 13827:1993

19 "Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings -Guidelines" IS:13935-2009

 162

IS Standards for Structural Safety

Sl. No Title Code
(a) (b) (c)
For Protection of Landslide Hazard
20 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 1 Selection of type of wall. IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998

21 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design of retaining/breast walls IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997

22 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3 Construction of dry-stone walls IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998

Guidelines for preparation of landslide - Hazard zonation maps in mountainous

23 IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998
terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.
 163

ANNEXURE-IX
STANDARDS FOR SANITATION REQUIREMENTS
(See rule 74 (2) (iv) (s) and rule 53)

Table No.1: Sanitation requirement for shops and commercial offices

Sl.
Sanitary Unit / Fittings For Personnel
No.
(a) (b) (c)
One for every 25 persons or part there of exceeding 15
1. Water closet (including employees and customers). For female personnel 1
for every 15 persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
Drinking Water One for every100 person with a minimum of one on each
2.
Fountain floor.
3. Wash Basin One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
Same as Sl. No. 3 of Table for " Sanitation Requirements for
4. Urinals
Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and Offices"
One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary
5. Cleaners’ Sink
rooms.
Note: Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average number
of persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-
female calculation a ratio of 1: 1 may be assumed.

Table No. 2: Sanitation requirement for Hotels

For Residential For non-residential Staff
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit
Public staff For male For female
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
2 for 1-12 persons
One per 8 Persons 4 for 13-25 persons
Omitting 1 for 1-15 persons 6 for 26-40 persons
Water Closet occupants of the 2 for 16-35 persons
1. 8 for 41-57 persons
(W.C.) attached water
3 for 36-65 persons 10for 58-77 persons
closet minimum
of 2 if both sexes 4 for 66-100 persons 12for78-100 persons
are lodged Add 1 for every 6
persons or part thereof.
Ablution
2. One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
Taps
Nil up to 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
3. Urinals Nil 2 for 21-45 persons Nil
3 for 40-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
One per 10 1 for 15 persons 1 for 1-12
4. Wash Basins persons omitting 2 for 16-35 persons 2 for 13-25
each basin
installed in the 3 for 36-65 persons 3 for 26-40
 164

Table No. 2: Sanitation requirement for Hotels

For Residential For non-residential Staff
Sl. No. Sanitary Unit
Public staff For male For female
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
room/ suite 4 for 66-100 persons 4 for 41-57
One per 10
persons, less
5. Baths Nil Nil
occupants of room
with bath in suite
One per 30Bed
Cleaner’s
6. rooms (one per Nil Nil
Sinks
floor minimum)
One in each
7. Kitchen Sink One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen
Kitchen

Table No. 3: Sanitary requirements for Public Rest Room

Sl. Sanitary
For Male For Female
No Unit
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Two for 100 persons up to 200
One per 100 persons up to400
Water persons; over 200 add at the
1. persons; for over 400 add at the rate
Closet rateofoneper100 persons or part
of one per 250 persons or part thereof.
thereof.
Ablution
2. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
Taps
Nil, up to 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
3. Urinals One for 50 persons or part thereof. 2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
4. Washbasins One per WC/Urinal One per WC
Kitchen
5. One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen
Sink
Baths(show
6. One per 10 persons
ers)
Cleaner’s
7. One per 30Bed rooms(one per floor minimum)
Sinks

Note:
i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one- third females.
ii) One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
 165

Table No.4: Sanitation requirement for Education Occupancy

Sl. Sanitary Boarding Institution Other Educational Institution
No Unit For Boys For Girls For Boys For Girls
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
Water Onefor25girls
Onefor8 boys or Onefor6girlsor One for40 boys or
1. Closet
part thereof part thereof or part thereof
(W.C.) part thereof
Ablution One in each One in each One in each One in each
2.
Taps W.C. W.C. W.C. W.C.
One per Oneperevery20
3. Urinals every25pupilsorp -- pupils or part --
art thereof thereof

Oneforevery8 One f o r
One f o r every Oneforevery60
Wash pupils or part every 40
4. 6 pupils or part pupils or part
Basins pupils or part
thereof thereof thereof
thereof
Oneforevery8 One f o r every
5. Baths pupils or part 6 pupils or part -- --
thereof thereof

Drinking One f o r
Oneforevery50 Oneforevery50 Oneforevery50
Water every 50
6. pupils or part pupils or part pupils or part
pupils or part
Fountains thereof thereof thereof
thereof
Cleaner’s One per Floor One per Floor One per Floor One per Floor
7.
Sink minimum minimum minimum minimum

Table No. 5: Sanitation requirements for Educational Occupancy (Nursery School)

Sl.
Sanitary Unit Requirement
No.
(a) (b) (c)
1. Water Closet One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One for 12 boys
4. Wash Basins One for every15 pupils or part thereof
5. Baths One bath per 40 pupils
6. Drinking Water Fountains One for every50 pupils or part thereof
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per Floor minimum
Note:
i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof, in the vicinity of water closets and urinal.
ii) For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in case of
office buildings
 166

Table No. 6: Sanitation requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- Hospital

Sl. Hospitals With indoor Hospitals With outdoor Patient Wards
No Sanitary Unit Patient Ward For Males
. and females For Males For Females
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
Toilet Suite (1WC+
Private room up to 4
1. 1Washbasin+ 1 For upto 4 patients
persons
shower)
Oneforevery100 Oneforevery25p
Oneforevery8beds or
2. Water Closet (W.C.) persons or part ersons or part
part thereof
thereof thereof
One in each
3. Ablution taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
W.C.
Two up to 30 bed; add
One for every100 One for every25
one for every
4. Wash Basins persons or part persons or part
additional30 beds; or
thereof thereof.
part thereof
One bath with
5. Baths with Shower shower for every 8 beds -- --
or part thereof.
Bed pan washing One for each
6. -- --
sink ward
One per floor One per floor
7. Cleaner’ Sinks One for each ward
minimum minimum
Kitchens inks and
dish
8. One for each ward -- --
Washers (where
Kitchen is provided)

One for30 beds One for every50

9. Urinals persons or part --
(male wards) thereof
Drinking water One for each ward One for 500personsorpart thereof
10.
Fountain
Note: For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in
case of office buildings

Table No. 7: Sanitation requirements for Institutional – Hospital (Administrative Buildings)

Sl.
Sanitary Unit For Males For Females
No.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Toilet Suite (1WC+ For individual Toilet Suite (1WC+
1
1Washbasin+1shower) doctor’s/officer’s rooms 1Washbasin+1shower)
One for every 25 persons or
2 Water Closet (W.C.) Water Closet (W.C.)
part thereof
3 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. Ablution Taps
One for every 25 persons or
4 Wash Basins Wash Basins
part thereof
 167

5 Baths with Shower One on each floor Baths with Shower

6 Cleaner’s Sink One per floor minimum Cleaner’s Sink
Kitchen sinks and dish Kitchen sinks and dish
7 Washers (where Kitchen One for each floor Washers (where
is provided) Kitchen is provided)
Nil up to 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
8 4 for 71-100 persons
From101 to 200 persons add
at the rate of 3%; for over
200 persons add at the rate of
2.5%.
9 Drinking water fountain One for 100 persons or part thereof

Table No. 8: Sanitation requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- (staff quarters and
Hostels)
Sl. Sanitary Unit Doctor’s Dormitories
Nurses Hostel
No. For Male Staff For female staff
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
One for 2 persons or
1 Water Closet One for 4 persons One for 2 persons part thereof Two for
13-25
Ablution
2 One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
Taps
One for every 8 One for every 8 One for every 8
3 Wash Basins
persons or part thereof persons or part thereof persons or part thereof
Bath (with One for every 4 One for every 4 One for every 4
4
shower) persons or part thereof persons or part thereof persons or part thereof
One per floor
5 Cleaner’s Sink One per floor minimum One per floor minimum
minimum
Drinking One for 100 persons
6 One for 100 persons or part thereof
water fountain or part thereof

Table No. 9: Sanitation requirements for Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and
Offices
Sl. Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For female Personnel
No.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Water Closet Two for 15 persons or part
1. One for 25 persons or part thereof
(W.C.) thereof
2. Ablution taps One in each W.C. One ineach W.C.
Nil up to 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
3 Urinals
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
 168

4 for 71-100 persons

From 101 to 200 add @ 3%;
For over 200 persons add @ 2.5%.
One for every 25 persons or part One for every 25 persons or
4 Wash Basins
thereof part thereof

Drinking water One for every 100 persons with a One for every 100 persons
5 with a minimum of 1 on
fountains minimum of one on each floor
each floor
One per floor minimum; preferably
6 Cleaner’s Sinks --
in or adjacent to sanitary rooms.
Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr. usages)
Executive Room
7 Unit could be common for Male/Female or separate depending on
/Conference Halls
the number of user of each facility
Note: One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part thereof
in the vicinity.

Table No.10: Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters,
Auditoria. Etc.)
Sl. For Public For Staff
Sanitary Unit
No. Male Female Male Female
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
One for 100 Four for 100
One for 15 Two for 1-12
persons up to 400 persons up to 200
persons. persons.
persons. persons.
1 Water Closet For over 400 For over 200 Four for 13-25
persons, add at the persons, add at the Two for persons add at
rate of 1 per 250 rate of 1 per 50 16-35 the rate of 1
persons or part persons or part persons. per 6 persons
thereof thereof or part thereof
One in each One in One in each
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C.
W.C. each W.C W.C
Nil up to
6 persons
One for 50 persons One for 7-
3 Urinals --- ---
o r part thereof 20 persons
Twofor21-
45 persons
One for
One for 1-12
1-15
One for every 200 One f o r every persons
persons
4 Wash Basins persons or part 200 persons or part
thereof thereof Two for
Two for 13-25
16-35
persons
persons
Drinking Water
5 One per 100 persons or part thereof
fountain
6 Cleaner’s sink One per floor
7 Shower/bathing As per trade requirements
 169

Note:
i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.
ii) It may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females.

Table No.11: Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and
Museums)
Sl. For Public For Staff
Sanitary Unit
No. Male Female Male Female
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
Two for 1-
One for 200 persons Four for 100 persons
12 persons.
up to 400 persons. up to 200 persons.
One f o r 1 - Four for 13-
Water For over 400 For over 200 15 persons. 25 persons,
1 Closet persons, add at the persons, add at the
Twofor16- add at the
(W.C.) rate of 1 per 250 rate of 1 per 50
35 persons. rateof1
persons or part persons or part
per 6
thereof thereof
persons.
Ablution One in each One in each
2 One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
Taps W.C W.C
Nil up to 6
persons
Onefor50personsor One for 7-20
3 Urinals -- --
part thereof persons
Twofor21-45
persons
One for every 200 One for every 200
persons or part persons or part
thereof. hereof. One for 1- One for 1-
Wash For over 400 For over 200 15 persons 12 persons
4
Basins persons, add at the persons, add at the Two for 16- Twofor13-
rate of 1 per 250 rate of 1 per 150 35 25 persons
persons or part persons or part
thereof. thereof
5 Cleaner’s Sink One per floor, minimum
Drinking
6 One per 100 persons or part thereof
water fountain
7 Shower/Bath As per trade requirements
Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.

Table No.12: Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Sl. For Public For Staff
Sanitary Unit
No. Male Female Male Female
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
One per 50
One per 25 seats 2 for 1-12
seats up to 200 1 for 15 persons.
up to 200 seats. persons.
1 Water Closet seats.
For over 200 For over 200 2 for 16-35 4 for 13-25
seats, add at seats, add at the persons. persons
 170

the rate of 1 rate of 1 per 50 3 for 36-65 6 for 26-40

per 100 seats seats or part persons persons
or part thereof thereof 4 for 66-100 8 for 41-57
persons persons
10 for 58-77
persons
12 for 78-100
persons
One in each One in each One in each
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C
W.C. W.C. W.C
Nil up to 6
persons
1 for 7-20 persons
One for 50
2for21-45 persons
3 Urinals persons o r --- ---
part thereof 3 for 46-70
persons.
4 for 71-100
persons.
4 Wash Basins One for every water closet
Kitchen Sinks
5 and Dish One per each Kitchen
Washer
6 Service Sink One in the restaurant
Note:
i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinal.

Table No.13: Requirements for Factories

Sl.
Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For female Personnel
No.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 for 15 persons 2 for 1-12 persons
2 for 16-35 persons 4 for 13-25 persons.
3 for 36-65 persons. 6 for 26-40 persons.
4 for 66-100 persons. 8 for 41-57 persons.
10 for 58-77 persons.
1 Water Closet
12 for 78-100 persons.
For 101 to 200 persons add
For 101 to 200 persons, add at the
at rate of 3%. From over
rate of 3%. From over 200
200 persons, add at the rate
persons add at the rate of 2%.
of 2.5%.
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C One in each W.C.
Nil up to 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 Urinals
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons
 171

add at the rate of 3%; for

over 200 persons add at the
rate of 2.5%.
Washing Taps with
4 draining One for every 25 persons or part thereof
arrangement
Drinking Water
5 One for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor
Fountains
Baths Preferably
6 As required for particular trade or occupation
Showers
Emergency shower
7 and eye wash 1 per every shop floor per 500 person
fountain
Note:
i) For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinal.
iii) Creche where provided shall be fitted with water closets (One for 10 persons or part
thereof), wash basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking
arrangement for every 50 persons or part thereof.

Table No.14: Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Sl. Urinals for Males
Place W.C. for Males W.C. for Females
No. only
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
4 forevery 1000
8 for first1000
Junction Stations, 3 for first1000 person, add 1 for
persons, add 1 for
Intermediate persons, add 1 for every
1 every additional
Stations and subsequent 1000 additional1000
1000 persons or part
Substations persons or part thereof. persons or part
thereof.
thereof.
6 forevery 1000
4 for first 1000 10 for every 1000
Terminal Stations person and 1 for
persons and 1 for personand1forevery
and every
2 every additional additional 1000
additional1000
Bus Terminals 1000personsorpart persons or part
persons or part
thereof. thereof.
thereof.
Domestic Airports
Minimum 2* 4*
200 persons 5 16 1 per 40 persons or
3
400 persons 9 30 part thereof.
600 persons 12 40
800 persons 16 52
 172

1000persons 18 58
International
Airports
200 persons 6 20 1 per 40 persons or
4
part thereof.
600 persons 12 40
1000persons 18 58
Note: —
(i) Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with Drainage
and Sanitation section of National Building Code of India.
(ii) At least one Indian style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60 % males and
40 % females in any area.

(iii) At least 50 % of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.
 173

FORM - I
[See Rule 7(2)]

Application for accreditation of registered of technical person

Passport photographs
(Three no.) One
pasted here and two
attached
With full signature in
To the front
(Photo to be provided
Chairman/Authorised officer, for each of the
applicant)
____________ Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust, ____________.

Sub: - Application for Accreditation of Registered Technical Person

Dear Sir,

I/We hereby submit this application duly filled for approval as Accredited Person along with
details of documents and prescribed fees paid for your kind consideration.

Name of the Applicant

Applied as - Civil Engineer/ Town
Planner/ Supervisor/ Structural
1
Engineer/ Electrical Engineer /
Mechanical Engineer
(Please tick one of the options)

2 Name of the Firm if any

Registration Number with Council of
3. Architecture/AMIE (I) /CoA / ITPI/
IEI /Others.

4 Educational Qualification (Self Attested Copy of certificate to be enclosed)

Sl. Educational Qualification Degree/Diploma Year Remarks

1 2 3 4 5
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.

Note: Please attach additional sheets if required

Correspondence Address
5
(In Block Letters)
 174

Mobile No.
Land line No. Email-
6 Experience and Duration of professional practice:
Period (Month/Year)
Institution/Agency Rem
Sl. Designation Total period in
Where worked From Upto arks
year/ month
i. 1

ii. 2

iii. 3
7 Registration Fee:
(I) Money receipt No. and date

Crossed Demand Draft of a

(a)Name of the Bank-
Nationalized Bank or a bank having
(b)Crossed DD No.
financial transaction with
(c) Date-
Government of Odisha in favour of
(d)Amount-
VC, ____________ Authority
(Original money receipt copy to be enclosed)
Payable at _______________.

Note: Rs. 5,000 as Registration fee to be paid for each of the applicant

8. Affidavit in prescribed format is enclosed.

9. List of documents to be submitted:

i. Application form completely filled in and signed in full.

ii. Copy of Registration Certificate with Council of Architecture/Associate Membership
of Institute of Engineers/Membership Certificate of Institute of Town Planners,
India/others.
iii. Copy of certificates in support of Educational Qualification
iv. Copy of certificate in support of Experience and professional practice.
v. Copy of documents in support of requisite fees

Place-

Date

Signature of the applicant/s

(Full signature with designation)
NB: Without submission of the original copy of deposit challan and all documents signed in full,
the application is liable for rejection.
 175

FORM –II

[See rule 8(2)]

Accreditation Certificate

Accreditation No.____________/ Valid upto: ______________

Passport size
photograph with
full signature in the
front
This is to certify that

Mr./Mrs./M/s________________________________________ is registered as
a______________________________________ to carry out and undertake professional work as
prescribed under the Odisha Special Planning Area and Regional Improvement Trust Common
Planning and Building Standards Rules, 2021 of different Special Planning Authorities and Regional
Improvement Trusts in the State of Odisha within the planning areas under the provisions of the
Odisha Special Planning Area and Regional Improvement Trust Act, 1956.

Specimen signature of Accredited Person

With Date

Chairman/Authorised officer,

_______Special Planning Authority / ______________Improvement Trust

Renewal endorsements:

1.

2.

3.
 176

FORM – III

[See rule 11(1)]

Report by accredited person to Authority on stages of construction of new building.

To

The Chairman/Authorised officer,

________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Sub: - Report of supervision by Accredited Person.

Sir,

I hereby certify that the development/erection/re-erection /or material alteration in/of the
________ building in respect of plot No.__________ ,Mouza- _______ of ________ Authority has
been carried out, up to foundation level/plinth level/roof casting of floor under my supervision and I
certify that the construction has been undertaken in accordance with the approved plan and
condition of approval and all the materials (type and grade) and the workmanship of the work are in
accordance with the general and detailed specifications of the National Building Code of India,
2005 and Bureau of Indian Standards codes. The further work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans.

Name of the Accredited Person

Office Address:

_________________ Signature

_________________

_________________

Date-
 177

FORM – IV

[See rule 11(1) and 18]

Completion Certificate to be issued by Accredited Person/Project Management Organisation

From: __________________________

_______________________________

(Name and address in Block Letters)

To:

Mr/Mrs.______________________,

Address: ______________________

_____________________________

Ref: - Approval Plan No.__________,date-

Sir,
I hereby certify that the development, erection, re-erection or material alteration in
respect of the land/ building on Plot No.____________, KhataNo._____________
Village/Mouza____________ of__________ Municipal Corporation/Municipality within the
Development Area of__________ has been supervised by me and has been completed on
________ according to the permission / license granted vide No.________ dated _________.

The work has been completed to my best of my/our satisfaction, the workmanship and all the
materials (type and grade) have been used strictly, in accordance with the general and detailed
specifications. No provisions of the National Building code of India, 2005 and Bureau of Indian
Standards conditions prescribed, or orders issued there under have been transgressed in the course of
the work. The building is fit for use for which it has been erected, re-erected or altered, constructed
and enlarged.

I hereby also enclose the plan of the development of land and building completed in all aspects.

Signature of the Authorised person

Name of the Accredited Person/Project Management Organisation: …………………..

Office Address: …………………..

Date: …………………..
 178

FORM – V

[See rule 11(3)]

Affidavit

Before the Notary Public/Executive Magistrate.

I Sri/Smt./Mr./Mrs.________________________________ aged about_________ years

son/Daughter of______________,
At_____________Po________________PS___________Dist__________________at
present____________________________ do hereby solemnly affirm as follows:

1. That, I am acquainted with the general and special provisions of OTP &IT Act,1956, Rules
1975 and the Planning and Building Standards Rules in force in different Master Plan Areas of
Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust constituted under provisions of OTP
& IT Act,1956 and provisions contents therein.
2. That, I shall prepare the layout plan for a sub division/ development of land/plan for
construction/alteration/addition/modification and change of use buildings inconformity with
provisions of OTP & IT Act,1956 and Rules 1975 and Planning and Building Standards Rules
in force in the Master Plan Areas of Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust.
3. That, I shall ensure supervision of the construction of buildings/land development to be
undertaken strictly in accordance with the approved plan and permission / license granted and
in case of any deviation undertaken in course of constructions, I shall bring it to the notice of
the authority within 7 (seven) days of my knowledge of such commission of deviation.
4. That I shall also ensure communication of letter(s) instruction(s) order(s) given by the
Authority to my client for their compliance and will advise him for compliance of the same.
5. That, I shall also make all effort to ensure that the provisions of the OTP &IT Act,1956,
Rules framed thereunder are not violated and in case despite my efforts there has been
continued violation, I shall forthwith intimate the concerned Authority in writing about the
nature and extent of violation carried out.
6. That, I shall ensure compliance of the building standards and quality norms during
constructions of the building as per the provisions of the National Building Code, Bureau of
Indian Standards and instruction(s) of the Authority and/or Government, issued from time to
time.
7. That, I shall strictly comply with the provisions in National Building Code with its
amendments, from time to time if any. Accordingly, I also ensure my ethical commitment not
only to my client but also to the Authority and also ensure to inform the Authority in case of
my disengagement by my client for further action by the Authority in this regard.
 179

8. The transaction financial or otherwise, with my client shall be my sole responsibility for all
purposes and the Chairman/Authorised officer of the Authority shall not be directly or
vicariously responsible or liable for such transaction(s) if any.
9. That, I shall be true and genuine to my profession and shall not do and/or refrain from doing
anything against the interest of the Authority and in case of any deviation in my commitment,
undertake herein through this affidavit that the Chairman/Authorised officer of the Authority
can take any legal action, punitive or compensatory and in such event I shall be held liable in
my personal capacity as well as a professional Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Town
Planner/Supervisor/Firm/Others.
10. That, Chairman/Authorised officer of the Authority shall have the power to suspend/cancel
my registration in case of any failure to meet the standards of professional practice as
prescribed.
11. That this affidavit is required to be submitted to the Chairman/Authorised officer of the
Authority for the purpose of Accredited person(s).
12. That, the facts stated above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
13. That, I have gone through the contents of this affidavit and understood the same and
consequences thereof, I fully agree and commit to abide the terms and conditions and
accordingly I put my signature on this affidavit being present before the Notary
Public/Executive Magistrate.

Deponent

Identified by Advocate
 180

FORM – VI

[See rule 14]

Register of accredited person

Name of
Date of Signature of
Registered Name of Registration
Sl. issue of Valid till Authorised
Accredited Person Firm No.
certificate Officer
and Address
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
 181

FORM – VII

[See rule 18]

Stage wise report by the Project Management Organisation

To

The Chairman/Authorised officer,

__________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust,

Sub: - Supervision by Project Management Organization

Ref: - File No._____________

Approval letter No.___________, dt____________

Sir,

I hereby certify that the development ,erection, re-erection or material alteration in/of the building
in respect of plot No.____________,mouza__________ of ____________Development Area
permitted vide No.__________,dt____________ has been carried out upto foundation level/plinth
level/roof casting of _____ floor under my supervision and I certify that the construction has been
undertaken strictly in accordance with the approved plan and conditions of approval and all the
materials (type and grade) and the workmanship of the work are in accordance with the general and
detailed specifications of NBC/BIS Codes. The further work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans.

Signature of the Authorised Person

Name of Project Management Organisation: ………………………….

Office Address: ……………………………..

Date: …………………………….
 182

FORM -VIII

UNDERTAKING FOR SURRENDER OF LAND RESERVED FOR ROADS AND DRAINS

IN THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN

[See rule- 33(2)]

UNDERTAKING

I, Shri __________________________________aged about_____________years,son of_________

___________________ , presently resident at_________________ P.O. _______________________
P.S._____________________Dist. ____________________________is the exclusive owner
in possession of the property more fully described in the schedule below:-

I undertake not to use the part of the schedule land specifically marked in the sketch map for any
purpose/use contrary to the use specified in the Master Plan and shall keep the portion of the
schedule plot (s) open for compliance of the Master Plan.

I further undertake to execute any free gift/surrender of the said portion of the plot mentioned in the
schedule, as and when required by the Authority under OTP & IT Act, Local Body, concerned
Agencies and Government on such terms and conditions decided by such Authorities without any
objection and in case any objection is raised, the aforesaid undertaking in the form of an agreement
on consent of both the parties shall be processed for specific performance against me/us in
accordance with law.

I shall not be entitled to any compensation/benefit/damage for any construction, if any, made/use, if
any taken over the portion of the plot specified in the sketch contrary to this undertaking save and
except the scope of TDR and/or compensation in lieu thereof concerning extent of land marked in
the sketch, if any decided by the Authority(s), local body(s), Government and/or concerned agency.

This undertaking is executed in the form of an agreement on consent of the Authority and shall
remain valid until varied/ relaxed by any decision of the competent Authority.

I further undertake that this undertaking in the form of consent of both the parties shall be binding
upon me for all purpose(s) including my heir(s), successor(s), agent(s), assigns(s), successor in
office who might claim / inherit property in future and in case any dispute raised if any, by me and/
or by any of them shall remain invalid in view of this undertaking executed.

I executed this undertaking in the form of contract on mutual understanding between the parties on
my free will and volition and without being influenced by anybody on this the……..day of

…..YEAR in presence of the witnesses below.

Signature of the executants

Schedule of property.
 183

FORM -IX
INDEMNITY BOND FOR BASEMENT
(See sub-rule (6) of rule 38)

This Indemnity Bond is executed by

Shri/Smt. S/O,
D/O, W/O Shri/Smt. R/O in favour of
Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust.

Whereas the executant has submitted to the concerned Authority the

plans for, sanction of basement over Plot No.
Mouza/Village under the provisions of the Act and Rules
and Regulations made there under: -

And whereas the concerned Authority has agreed to sanction the

aforesaid construction subject to the conditions that the owner shall indemnify
the concerned Authority in the event of any loss or damage being cause to the
adjoining building on account of the construction of the said basement either at
the time of digging of its foundations or in the course of its construction or even
thereafter and also against any claim of any concern thereto.
And whereas the executant has agreed to execute an indemnity bond
to the above affect and also to abide by the terms imposed by the concerned
Authority to the grant of sanction for construction of the basement.

Now this deed witnesses:

1. That in consideration of the sanction of the plans by the Authority for

construction of the basement the executant undertakes that he/she shall at all times
keep the Authority free from any liability, loss or damages/flowing from any
injury or damage caused to the adjoining built-up properties or to any person as a
consequence of the construction of at the time of digging of its foundations or
during the course of its construction or at any time thereafter.

2. The owner agreed and undertook that in the event of any claim being
made by any person or persons against the concerned Authority either in respect
of the sanction granted by the concerned Authority to the owner for the
construction of basement or in respect of the construction or manner of construct
ion of the basement by the owner of the consequences flowing from the said
sanction the executant shall be responsible and liable and not the Authority.

3. The executant agrees and undertake to indemnify the concerned

Authority fully in respect of any amount which the concerned Authority may be
required to pay to any person either by way of compensation or on any other
 184

account as a result of any claim or suit or any other proceedings concerning the
sanctioning of the construction of the basement of the making thereof and also in
respect of the costs and expenses which the concerned Authority may incur on
defending any action.

4. Without prejudice to the above undertaking the executant hereby binds

itself to pay to the Authority to the full extent any amount which authority may be
required to pay to any person in connection with, relating to or concerning the
sanctioning of the basement or the making thereof.

5. The owner agrees and undertakes that this bond shall remain in full force
and effect till the executant faithfully observes/performs the undertaking herein
before contained.

In witness whereof the executant above named has signed this bond on this
of at .

Indemnifier

Witness:

(Signatures)

1. Name

Full Address

(Signatures)

2. Name

Full Address

(Signatures)
 185

FORM –X

[See rule 74(1), 110(1),121(1)]

COMMON APPLICATION FORM for
Permission or license for Development
______________________________________________________________________________________ (Name of the Authority)

To be filled by the applicant: For Office Use:

1. File No. _____________________
Date of application __________________ 2. Date _______________________________
Address of the Project: 1. Revenue Village _____________________________ 3. Details of Payment: Amount ________ Challan No. ________Date ______
2. Tehsil/ULB Name _____________________________ 4. Signature of the Receiving Officer __________

PART I: GENERAL INFORMATION

(TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT)

1.1 Details of the Applicant

Contact No. Registration Number / License Number along Enclosed ID

Sl. No. Name Postal Address Email Address Valid up to
(Mobile No.) with date of issue Proof

1.2 Details of the LandOwner

Relationship with Recorded Contact No.
Sl. No. Name of the land Owner(s) Postal Address Email Address ID Proof
Tenants (Khatadars) (Mobile No.)
 186

1.3 Details of Recorded Tenants (as per RoR)

Sl. No. Name of the Recorded Tenant1 Postal Address Contact No. (Mobile No.) Email Address ID Proof

1.4 Details of General Power of Attorney (GPA) holders, if any

Details of Power of Attorney
Name of the GPA Postal Relationship with the Contact No. Email
Sl. No. ID Proof
Holder Address land owner(s) No. Date Valid up to (date) (Mobile No.) Address

1.5 Details of Technical Persons including Architects, structural engineers etc.

Details of the
Category of Technical Postal Contact Email No. and Date of Valid Up
Sl. No. Name Registering / Licensing ID Proof
Persons Address (Mobile No.) Address Registration / License to
Authority
1.5.1 Architects
1.5.2 Structural Engineer
1.5.3 Electrical Engineer
1.5.4 PH Engineer
1.5.5 Site Supervisor
1.5.6 Any other, specify

1
If the recorded tenant is not alive then details of legal heirs should be mentioned in other columns such as: postal address, contact no. etc.
 187

PART II – BASIC DETAILS OF THE PROJECT

Sl. Views of the Authorised

Parameter Details to be given
No. officer2

TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

2.1 Project type (New Development / Addition / Alteration / Renewal / Revalidation)

Project Category (G to G+3, Apartment - G+4 and above, Group housing, Multi-storeyed
2.2
residential/commercial/Institutional/Industrial/Public-semi-public/ others Please specify)

Project Component (Residential/Commercial/Institutional/Industrial/Public-semi-

2.3
public/Others (please specify)

2.4 Total Area covered in all floors (in square meters)

2.5 No. of Floors

2.6 No. of dwelling units

2
Authorized Officer – An official of the Authority who has been authorized to check and certify such details
 188

PART III – LAND DETAILS

3.1 Land Details

FOR OFFICE USE
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT
ONLY
Name of If mutation not done, then details Area under View of the
Khata Plot Area (in acres / Kisam
Sl. No. Mauza Revenue of sale deed Possession (in Remarks Authorised
No. No. square meters)
Village Sale Deed No. Date square meters) Officer2

3.2 Whether the plot/site is part of an approved layout/Town Planning scheme / Development Schemes
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT View of the Authorised Officer2
(FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)
(A) Yes or No?
(B) If yes, details thereof
(i) Date of Approval / Permission or license (ii) Approval / Permission / license (iii) Whether map enclosed? (yes or no)
No.

3.3 Site Plan (to be given on revenue plan along with the layer of Master Plan) provided or not? (yes or no)

3.4 Indicate Tenancy of land (leasehold / freehold / others, please specify)

3.5 If on lease, share details of lease

(i) Name of the lessor (ii) Purpose of lease (iii) duration of lease (iv) Any other, please
specify
 189

PART IV – PLANNING DETAILS

View of the Authorised

Description
Officer2
Sl. No. Parameters (TO BE FILLED IN BY
THE APPLICANT) (FOR OFFICE USE
ONLY)
4.1 Land use, applied for
4.2 Land use, as per Master Plan
4.3 Land use, as per Layout / Town Planning Scheme / Development Scheme
4.4. Permissibility of the Land use applied (Permissible / Permissible on special conditions / Not permissible)

4.5 Dwelling Units per Acre (for projects having residential components)
4.6 Whether plot affected by Master Plan (Master Plans roads and drains)?
a Yes or No?
b If yes, whether affected portions have been surrendered to Government or Authority or Local Authority
by way of gift deed? (yes or no)
c If yes, give details
i. Name and Details of Agency to whom the land has been surrendered
ii. Deed Number
iii.Date of execution of Deed
 190

PART V – BUILDING PARAMETERS

As per As per Approved plan (applicable for View of the Authorised

Sl. No. Category Proposal
norms addition / alteration / renewal cases only) Officer2
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
5.1 Basement, if any
5.2 Stilt / Ground floor
5.3 1st floor
5.4 2nd floor
5.5 3rd floor
5.6 4th floor
5.7 Multi-storeyed (no. of storeys)
5.8 Society Room
5.9 Set backs
Front
Rear
Side 1
Side 2
5.10 FAR
5.11 Parking (in square meters)
5.12 Height (in m)
5.13 No of staircases
5.14 Distance from farthest point of corridor to staircase
5.15 Minimum height of floors
5.16 Light and Ventilation shaft
5.17 Courtyard size and area (in sq.)
5.18 Approach gradient to basement/stilt
5.19 Minimum opening area of window, door and ventilator for
 191

lighting/ventilation (in square meters)

5.20 No. of lifts
5.21 No. of Recharging pits / Size of pits
5.22 No. of Gates and size

PART VI – OTHER PLANS RELATED TO BUILDING PLAN

Whether given in the Building Plan or not?

Sl. No. Parameters
(yes or no) View of the Authorised Officer2
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
6.1 All floor plans
6.2 Elevations
6.3 Area Statement
6.4 Structural Plan
6.5 Foundation Plan
6.6 Septic Tank and Soak pit location
6.7 Ground water recharging point
6.8 Drain Section
6.9 Water Safety Provisions
6.10 Fire Safety Provision Plan
6.11 Plumbing plan
6.12 Electric Supply Plan
6.13 Schedule of Doors, windows and Openings
6.14 Minimum distance between blocks / buildings
6.15 Any other provisions, specify
 192

PART VII – UTILITIES

View of the
View of the Authorised
7.1 Roads/pathway Authorised 7.2 Drainage
Officer2
Officer2
FOR OFFICE USE
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
ONLY
7.1.1 Width of internal roads
7.2.1 Width of internal drains (in
proposed / category/hierarchy (in
metre)
metre)
Length (in m) 7.2.2 Length of internal drains (in
7.1.2 Internal roads
Area (in sq.) metres)
Length (in m)
Width (in m) 7.2.3 Location of drain system and
7.1.3 Internal pathways (in metres) drain outfall (please show in site
Area (in sq.) plan drawing)

View of the
View of the Authorised
7.3 Water supply Authorised 7.4 Sewerage
Officer2
Officer2
FOR OFFICE USE
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
ONLY
7.3.1 Water consumption demand 7.4.1 Total quantity of waste water
per day requirement @ 135 LPCD generated (in MLD)
7.4.2 On-site treatment (Septic
tank/soak-pit) (yes or no)
7.3.2 Drinking Water facility If yes, Size of septic tank/soak pit
(whether Municipal/public water (length X breadth, Area in square
supply is available) – (Yes/No) meters)
7.4.3 STP provided (Yes/No)
If yes, Capacity of STP (in MLD)
7.3.3 Ground water extraction to be 7.4.5 Treated Sewerage disposal
done on site (Yes/No) outfall point (show in drawing-site
 193

plan)

View of the
View of the Authorised
7.5 Electricity Authorised 7.6 Solid Waste Management
Officer2
Officer2
FOR OFFICE USE
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT TO BE FILLED IN BY THE APPLICANT FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
ONLY
7.5.1 Total electricity consumption 7.6.1 Total solid waste generation
proposed (in KV) (in Quintals/day)
7.6.2 Solid waste disposal location
7.7 Proposed Open spaces area (in (show in drawing-site plan)
sq.) 7.6.3 Provision for Composting
(Yes/No)
 194

PART VIII – EXTERNAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISIONS

8.1 Connecting Road

TO BE FILLED IN BY THE View of the Authorised Officer2
APPLICANT (FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)
8.1.1 Present Status
(a) Whether connectivity to the site is through an existing road? (yes or no)
Minimum
(b) If yes, Width of access road to site (in feet)
Maximum
(c) Whether connected to existing CDP Road (yes or no)
(d) Nature of existing road (kutchha / Murrom / Metalled / Blacktop / Concrete)
(e) Status of existing approach road (public / private / others, please specify)
8.1.2 Proposed Improvements
(a) Widening of the Road
(b) Upgradation of the nature of the road
(c) Enclosed detailed drawings for proposed improvements (yes or no)
8.1.3 Whether site located at or near road junction?
(a) Yes or No.
(b) If yes, distance from junction (in meters)
TO BE FILLED IN BY THE View of the Authorised Officer2
8.2 Drainage
APPLICANT (FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)
8.2.1 Present Status
Major drainage channel if any (show location on map)
(a) Whether road side public drain exists? (yes or no)

Width
Width and depth of the drain (in
(b) If yes, give details
meters)
Depth
 195

Nature of the drain (earthen /

masonry / concrete)
Whether, connected to any public
drainage network for outfall? (yes
or no)
Whether map indicating the road
side drain and its alignment and
connection with public drain
network submitted or not? (yes or
no)

Distance from nearest drain, which

is connected to public drainage
(c) If no, give details network for outfall (in meters)

Feasibility to connect (yes or no)

8.2.2 Proposed Drainage Plan
Widening and Deepening of the
drain (yes or no)
(a) Improvement of the existing drains
Upgradation of nature of the drain
(indicate the type of upgradation)
Length (in meters)
Width (in meters)
(b) Construction of New Drain for connection Depth (in meters)
Nature (earthen / masonry /
concrete, any other, please specify)
(c) Whether drainage plan along with drawings submitted? (yes or no)
8.2.3 Whether site is in low lying area and subjected to water logging?
(a) Yes or No.
(b) If yes, details thereof
(c) Whether plan for measures mitigating water logging submitted or not? (yes or no)
 196

View of the
View of the
Authorised
TO BE FILLED IN BY Authorised Officer2 TO BE FILLED IN BY THE
8.3 Water supply
THE APPLICANT
8.4 Sewerage
APPLICANT Officer2
(FOR OFFICE USE
(FOR OFFICE
ONLY)
USE ONLY)
8.3.1 Whether source of public
8.4.1 Whether, site connected to
water supply available at site or
public Sewerage network (Yes/No)
not? (yes or no)

Type of Drain
(earthen / masonry
Type (municipal concrete)
/ rural)

Size of Drain (Width

8.4.2 if yes, provide details of the X Depth) in meters
8.3.2 If yes, provide details
Revenue Village accessible sewerage drain

Accessible distance
Accessible from site
distance from site

8.3.3 If no, plans for water

supply at site (ground water / 8.4.3 If no, described method of
new supply line from distant disposal of sewerage waste.
public source)
 197

8.3.4 In case of new pipe line

or ground water coverage, 8.4.4 Whether, drawing and layout
estimates, drawings and layout plans depicting the sewerage disposal
plans submitted as a part of methodology has been provided or
building plan or not? (yes or not? (yes or no)
no)
View of the
View of the
Authorised
TO BE FILLED IN BY Authorised Officer2 TO BE FILLED IN BY THE
8.5 Electricity
THE APPLICANT
8.6 Solid Waste Management
APPLICANT Officer2
(FOR OFFICE USE
(FOR OFFICE
ONLY)
USE ONLY)
8.5.1 Presence of grid station /
8.6.1 Whether primary transfer
electricity distribution line for
station for solid waste available in
drawing electricity to the site
vicinity to site or not? (yes or no)
(Yes/No)
Location
Capacity (in
KV) Location
8.5.2 if yes, location and type 8.6.2 If yes, provide details Location
of grid station (show location Accessible of primary transfer station (show
on map) and distance (in Kms) Distance location on map/distance in metres)
from site (in Distance
meters) (in meters)

8.5.3 if no, what is the plan for 8.6.3 If no, what is the plan for solid
drawing electricity to site? waste management?
8.5.4 In case of requirement of
8.6.4 In case of requirement of new
new electric supply line or grid
primary transfer station, whether
station, whether estimates,
estimates, drawings and layout plans
drawings and layout plans
submitted as a part of building plan
submitted as a part of building
or not? (yes or no)
plan or not? (yes or no)
 198

PART IX – SPECIAL PROVISIONS

To be filled in by the View of the Authorised Officer2

9.1 Rainwater harvesting Applicant (FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)
9.1.1 Whether, the plot area is 300 square meters or above? (yes or no)
9.1.2 if yes, whether provision for rain water harvesting has been provided in the building plan or not? (yes or
no)
9.1.3 If yes, please provide the details below
(a) No of recharge pits/recharge wells/surface reservoirs on site
(b) Size of recharge pits/recharge wells/surface reservoirs on site
(c) Quantity of water percolation
(d) Detailed Schematic plan and drawing provided in building plan (yes or no)
9.2 Green Building certification (provide details of certification and rating)
9.2.1 Whether Green Building certification being proposed or not (yes or no)
9.2.2 if yes, give details
a. Protocol being proposed (GRIHA / LEED / IGBC / Any other, please specify)
b. Rating being proposed under the above protocol
c. Details of the consultant engaged for the purpose
9.3 Solar Water heating system
9.3.1 Whether, the plinth area of proposed building having 200 square meter or more (yes or no)
9.3.2 If yes, provide details
a. Roof area covered by solar panels (in square meters)
b. No of panels provided
c. Capacity (in litres per day)
9.4 Off Grid / Grid connected Solar Roof top System
9.4.1 Whether, the plinth area of proposed building is more than 300 square meter(yes or no)
9.3.2 If yes, provide details
a. Roof area covered by solar panels (in square meters)
b. No of panels provided
c. Amount of electricity production per day in KW
9.5 Any other (provide details)
 199

PART X – SPECIAL CLEARANCES

To be filled in by the View of the Authorised Officer2

10.1 Security Clearance
Applicant
(FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)

10.1.1 Whether the Project is within 200 meters of notified Strategic Building (Yes/No)
If yes,
(a) Name of the Strategic Building
10.1.2
(b) Distance from the Strategic Building.
10.2 Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) Clearance

10.2.1 Whether the project is located within 300meter of National Protected Monument (Yes/No)
If yes,
10.2.2 (a) Name of the Monument
(b) Distance in meters
10.3 National Highway Authority (NHA) Clearance
10.3.1 Whether the project requires direct access from NH maintained by NHA (Yes/No)
10.3.2 If yes, name and no. of the National Highway
10.4 Airport Authority of India Clearance
10.4.1 Whether height of the proposed building is 30 meters and above (Yes/No)
10.4.2 If Yes, Give height of the building in meters from Mean Sea Level (MSL)
10.5 Environmental Clearance
Whether the Project requires Environmental Clearance as per detailed Notification of MoE&F,
10.5.1
Government of India (Yes/No)

If yes,
10.5.2 (a) Parameter for Clearance
(b) Total built up area
 200

PART XI - CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ATTACHED

Description of the Documents

To be filled in by the View of the Authorised Officer2
Applicant (FOR OFFICE USE ONLY)
11.1 Application form duly filled in and signed
11.2 Scrutiny fee challan copy
11.3 Self-signed Xerox copies of ownership documents

11.4 Copy of certificate of registration of Architect/Engineers/Builder-Developer

11.5 Four copies of plan giving details as prescribed in the application form
11.6 Set declaration in original in prescribed Form – XXIV
11.7 Two photographs of the site
11.8 Any other enclosure as per specific requirement of the case
Part XII – Declaration
I hereby acknowledge and declare that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge and submitted in accordance
with the Master Plan and Building Control Regulations related with Central and State Government and its subsequent
amendments. (Tick in the box on the left column)
Signature/Digital Date Place
Name and Designation
Signature
Owners
Authorised Person
PART XIII – FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Details of the Authorised Officers Name Designation Signature Date Remarks, if any
Application Receiving Officer
Land Details and Documentation
Verification Officer
 201

Engineering Officer
Planning Officer
Approving Officer
 202

FORM –XI
UNDERTAKING AND INTIMATION OF COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AS
PER STANDARD BUILDING PLAN
(See clause (iii) of sub-rule (2) of rule 76)
UNDERTAKING

I/we _____________________son / daughter of _________________Resident of_____________ do

hereby solemnly affirm andundertake to state as follows:

(a) That I /we are the lawful owner/s of the plot bearing plot no _______, mouza____________,
address _______________________ as per allotment letter / registered Sale Deed / perpetual
lease deed / Will / Deed of Partition / any other legal document (Self-attested photocopy
enclosed) and we intend to construct a building as per Standard Building Plan notified by
the authority over the said plot, the details of which is given below.—

Plot Area: _____________________________________________________ Sq.m

Plot No.___________________________________________________________
Mouza:
____________________________________________________________
Address:
___________________________________________________________
Phone Number: _____________________________________________________
Standard Building Plan Reference Code: _________________________________

(b) That I / we propose to construct a house as per the provisions of the standard building plan
(Reference code of Standard Building Plan: _______________) which is applicable to
my/our standard-size residential plot,
(c) That the intended plot is a standard-size residential plot and the same is a part of the.—
layout approved by the Authority under sub-section (3) of section 31 and sub-section (1)
section 33 of the Act / developed and allotted by the Government or Statutory Bodies / final
plot in town planning schemes or development schemes,
(d) That the plot is not affected in any of the road or drain proposed in the Master Plan notified
under the provisions of OTP & IT Act and is in conformity with the provisions prescribed
under rule 6 of Odisha Special Planning Authority & Regional Improvement Trust
(Planning and Building Standards) Rules, 2021,
(e) That the plot under reference is a residential plot and not part of any open space or road or
common plot or public utilities as per the layout plan approved under sub-section (3) of
section 31 and sub-section (1) section 33 of OTP & IT Act, 1956 /government
scheme/Town Planning Scheme/development scheme,
(f) That the plot is away from high tension line as per the mandatory distance clearances as
prescribed in Odisha Special Planning Authority & Regional Improvement Trust (Planning
and Building Standards) Rules, 2021,
 203

(g) That I/We shall construct the building in accordance with the setbacks prescribed in the
selected Standard Building Plan,
(h) That the building shall be constructed ensuring all planning and structural norms and I shall
engage an architect /registered technical person to supervise the construction work,
(i) That I/we take full responsibility for the quality of construction and structural stability of the
construction using the services of a registered technical person,
(j) That I/We undertake that, I/we shall be completely liable for defective construction,
deviation in the plan and compliance of the standard building plan, if such construction is
not supervised by an architect /registered technical person,
(k) That I/we have enclosed herewith the prescribed fees / charges / cess, as applicable to
my/our plot,
(l) That I/we understand that the above fee is valid only for a period of three years,
(m) That if I/we do not complete the construction within three years and do not submit the
intimation of completion of construction, revalidation fee as prescribed under rule 6 of
Odisha Special Planning Authority & Regional Improvement Trust (Planning and Building
Standards) Rules, 2021 shall have to be paid for getting an extension of time/for further
construction,
(n) That I/we shall submit an “intimation of completion of construction” to the authority or the
urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction along with site photographs from two
angles, as and when the construction is complete.

Enclosed: as mentioned above Date: ..................

Signature/s, Name/s and Address/s of Owner(s): Signature, Name and Address of Witnesses:
 204

FORM –XII
UNDERTAKING AND INTIMATION OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AS PER
STANDARD BUILDING PLAN
(See clause (vii) of sub-rule (2) of rule 76)
INTIMATION OF CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION

(a) I/we ___________________________________________________ son/daughter of

_____________________________________ Resident of____________________ do
hereby intimate that the construction of the building as per details given below is now
complete:

Plot Area: ___________________________________________________________ Sq.m

Plot No.__________________________________________________________________
Mouza: __________________________________________________________________
Address: _________________________________________________________________
Phone No: ________________________________________________________________
Standard Building Plan Reference Code: ________________________________________

Floor wise completion details:

if partly completed If partly constructed,
Completion
status floor wise total particulars of constructed
Floor constructed area (in rooms (e.g., bedroom-1,
(fully completed/
partly completed) square meter), toilet-1, living room,
study room, etc.)

Ground Floor
First Floor
Second Floor

(b) I have not constructed any part of the building in violation of the standard building plan and
rule 6 of Odisha Special Planning Authority & Regional Improvement Trust (Planning &
Building Standards) Rules, 2021.
(c) In case the Authority / urban local body having appropriate jurisdiction at any time identify
unauthorized construction and violation of above provisions, the same is liable for
penalties/demolition and I shall abide by the decisions of the Competent Authority of the
Authority/urban local body.
(d) I am enclosing two photographs from two angles herewith.

Date:............................

Signature/, Name and Address of Owner(s):

1)
2)
 205

FORM –XIII
REGISTER (STANDARD BUILDING PLAN)
(See rule 76(4))

Date of
Standard Date of Date of
Plot deposition
Name and Building intimation of intimation of
Sl. No. of Remarks,
address of Plan commencement completion of
No. and revalidation if any
Plot owner reference of construction construction in
Mouza fee, if
code in Form-VI(A) Form-VI(B)
applicable
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
1
2
3
4
5
…
 206

FORM – XIV

[See rule 79 (5) & 110(8)]

Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Order for Grant of Permission/License

No._________/XXX <Name of Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust>, Dated:

__________

Permission or license under sub-section (3) of the section-31 or subsection (1) of section - 33 of the
Odisha Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956 is hereby granted in favour of.

Smt./ Shri________________________for

(a) Sub-division of land

(b) Lay-out Approval
(c) Change of the use of land or building
(d) Construction of a new building
(e) Reconstruction of building
(f) Alteration or additions in the existing building

_______________________ (Specify) in respect of plot No._____________________, Khata

No.________________ Village / Mouza.________________ of __________________
Municipality / NAC within the Master Plan Area of_________________ subject to following
additions/ restrictions.

(a) The land/ Building shall be used exclusively for__________________________ purpose and
the uses shall not be changed to any other use without prior approval of this Authority.
(b) The development shall be undertaken strictly according to plans enclosed with necessary
permission / license endorsement
(c) Parking space measuring__________ square meters as shown in the approved plan shall be kept
open and no part of it will be built upon.
(d) The land over which construction is proposed is accessible by an approved means of access
of________ meters width.
(e) The land in question must be in lawful ownership and peaceful possession of the applicant.
(f) The applicant shall free gift__________ meters wide strip of land in the_________
Municipality / NAC for the further widening of the road to the standard width.
(g) The permission / license is valid for period of three years with effect from the date of issue.
(h) Permission / license accorded under the provision of sub-section (3) of section 31 of the Odisha
Town Planning and Improvement Trust Act, 1956 cannot be construed as evidence in respect of
right title interest of the plot over which the plan is approved.
(i) Any dispute arising out of land record or in respect of right/ title/ interest after this approval the
plan shall be treated automatically cancelled during the period of dispute.
(j) Any construction and development made by the applicant or owner on the disputed land will be
at his risk without any legal or financial liability on the Authority
(k) Any other conditions.
 207

By Order
Authorised Officer
_____Special Planning Authority/ Regional Improvement Trust

Memo No._________/<Name of Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust>,

Dated_________

Copy along with ________ copies of the approved plans to

Smt./ Shri_______________________________________________.

Authorised Officer
Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Memo No._________/ <Name of Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust>,

Dated_________

Copy with a copy approved plan forwarded to the Executive Officer, XXX Municipality / NAC for
information

Authorised Officer
Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Memo No._________/ <Name of Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust>,

Dated_________

Copy forwarded to the Land Officer, G. A. Department / Director of Town Planning, Odisha/
Enforcement Section, <Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust>.

Authorised Officer
Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust
 208

FORM - XV

[See Rule 79(5) & 110(8)]

Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Order for Refusal of Permission or license

No.__________________/XXX <Name of SPECIAL PLANNING AUTHORITY/REGIONAL

IMPROVEMENT TRUST>, Dated __________________

Refusal of permission / license under sub-section (3) of section 33 of the odisha town planning and
improvement trust act, 1956 for undertaking development of plot no. ____________ in mouza
_______________
To,

SMT/SRI ______________________

________________________________

________________________________

Your reply to this office letter No. …………………. Dt………….. has not been found satisfactory /
You have failed to show any cause in response to this office letter No…………………………
Dated …………………

Hence, in exercise of the powers under sub-section (3) of section 33 of the Odisha Town Planning
and Improvement Trust Act, 1956, permission / license to undertake development on plot
No……………………………… Mouza……………………. of……………...…………. Special
Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust / NAC within …………………………….. Master
Plan area is hereby refused on the following grounds.

1……………………………………………………………………………………………….

2……………………………………………………………………………………………….

3……………………………………………………………………………………………….

4……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Two copies of the plans are retained in this office for record and reference and the rest are returned
herewith.

BY ORDER
AUTHORISED OFFICER
 209

Memo No……………………. /<name of Special Planning Authority>, Dated……………………

Copy to Executive Officer, Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust.

AUTHORISED OFFICER
 210

FORM -XVI
APPLICATION FOR DRAWING OF ATTENTION
(See sub-rule (6) of rule 79)

From:

. .
. .

To
The Chairman/Authorised Officer
________________ Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Subject: Statutory notice

Madam/Sir,

I/We do bring to your kind notice that I/We had submitted the application in prescribed Form
for Approval of Building Plan to _______________ Special Planning Authority or Regional
Improvement Trust on Dt. with respect of Plot No. , Khata No., Village/Mouza: , of
Municipal Corporation / Municipality / NAC within _______________ Planning Authority for issue
of Permission under sub-section (3) of section 31 or sub-section (1) of section 33 .

Two months have elapsed since the submission of application, and I/We have not received
any communication with respect to the said application. Please take notice that if within a further
period of one month from the date of receipt of this notice by you, no communication either granting
or refusing permission, is received by me/us, I/we shall presume that issue of permission as applied
for has been granted in my/our favour.

I/We understand that in computing the period of two months and one month as mentioned in
para-2 above, the period in between the date of requisitioning any further information or documents
from me/us and the date of receipt of such information or document from me/us shall be excluded.

Yours faithfully,

Signature of the applicant(s)

 211

FORM-XVII
REGISTER
(See rule 80)

Name
Date of Date of Date of Date of
and Date Date of Signatur
permissio refusal endorsement sending Signature of
Sl. address of return from e of the
n with to to the
No. of receip Enforcemen Dealing
with Letter Enforcement record S.O.
Applican t t Branch Assistant
Letter No. No. Branch room
t
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j)

5
 212

FORM – XVIII

[See rule 83(1) & 90(2)(iii)]

Stage wise report by the Project Management Organisation

To

The Chairman/Authorised officer,

__________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust,

Sub: - Supervision by Project Management Organization

Ref: - File No._____________

Approval letter No.___________, dt____________

Sir,

I hereby certify that the development ,erection, re-erection or material alteration in/of the building
in respect of plot No.____________,mouza__________ of ____________Development Area
permitted vide No.__________,dt____________ has been carried out upto foundation level/plinth
level/roof casting of _____ floor under my supervision and I certify that the construction has been
undertaken strictly in accordance with the approved plan and conditions of approval and all the
materials (type and grade) and the workmanship of the work are in accordance with the general and
detailed specifications of NBC/BIS Codes. The further work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans.

Signature of the Authorised Person

Name of Project Management Organisation: ………………………….

Office Address: …………………………….

Date: …………………………….
 213

FORM - XIX
[See rule 85, 99 & 105]
Application for Occupancy Certificate

File No. ………….. Planning Authority

Application No: ………….

(To be generated by CSC)

A. Applicant Particulars

1.Circle No:
2.Name of the Applicant
3.Father’s /Husband Name
4. Postal Address of the applicant
5.Contact

B. Building details
Book No. &Sl No.
Name of the applicant
Site address
Permit No:
File No
No. of floors permitted
No. of floors constructed
Total Built up area constructed in sqmt
Building completion certificate issued by the Yes/No
licensed Engineer /Architect
Photographs of building enclosed Yes/No
Copy of sanctioned plan enclosed Yes/No
Address for correspondence with phone No:

Applicant Undertaking
I hereby declare that all the information mentioned above is true to my Knowledge. In case of any
discrepancies if arises I will be held responsible .Hence I request you to Issue Occupancy certificate.
Date : Applicant’s signature:
List of Enclosure
1. Three copies of completed Building plans.
2. Photograph of the completed building.
3. Sanctioned plan and approval letter.
4. Compliance certificate to special condition while sanctioning building plan.
5. A fee of Rs 1000 in form of Bank Draft/NEFT Transfer/ Other Electronic Mode.
6. Record of Rights relating to ownership of Land.
7. Compliances against NoC(s) from all the concerned Public Agencies as per approval letter.
8. Building Completion certificate.
 214

Office Use Only

I have verified that the enclosure and the application qualify for further processing.

…………………….Special Planning Authority/ Regional Improvement Trust

BY ORDER

Authorised Officer

Special Planning Authority/ Regional Improvement Trust

 215

FORM – XX
[See rule 105(5)]

________________ Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Order for Refusal of Occupancy Certificate

No.__________________/XXX <Name of SPECIAL PLANNING AUTHORITY/REGIONAL

IMPROVEMENT TRUST>, Dated __________________

The work of erection, re-erection and or material alteration undertaken in respect of

______________Building, Plot No.______________ Village/Mouza _______________________
has been completed under the supervision of_______________ Architect (Empanelment
No._______________)________________________Structural Engineer (Empanelment
No.__________________) Supervisor_______________________, (Empanelment No.
________________) as per the Completion certificate submitted.

On inspection it is observed that the erection, re-erection and or alteration undertaken with
respect to above ___________(Building) is in accordance with approved plan and the conditions
imposed vide Permission letter No.___________, dt_____________.

The building is not permitted for part/full occupancy subjected to the following

1.

2.

3.

Date- BY ORDER OF ____________

Authorised Officer

___________ Authority (Seal)

 216

FORM - XXI

[See rule 105(4)]

________________ Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

Occupancy Certificate

Registration No._______

No.__________, Date___________

The work of erection, re-erection and or material alteration undertaken in respect of

______________Building, Plot No.______________ Village/Mouza _______________________
has been completed under the supervision of_______________ Architect (Empanelment
No._______________) ________________________Structural Engineer (Empanelment
No.__________________) Supervisor_______________________, (Empanelment No.
________________) as per the Completion certificate submitted.

On inspection it is observed that the erection, re-erection and or alteration undertaken with
respect to above ___________(Building) is in accordance with approved plan and the conditions
imposed vide Permission / license letter No.___________,dt_____________.

The building is permitted for part/full occupancy subjected to the following

1.

2.

3.

One set of completion plans duly certified for occupancy is returned herewith.

Date- BY ORDER OF ____________

Authorised Officer

___________ Authority (Seal)

 217

FORM-XXII

[See sub-rule (4), (6) of rule 130]

From: ______________________________ For Office use only

______________________________ Receipt Date
______________________________ Regd. No.

(Name in Block Letters and full address for Place-

correspondence of person furnishing Date-
information).
Mobile- Signature of Officer
Email- receiving

To
The Authorised Officer,
______________________

Sub: - Application for issue of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Certificates.

Sir,
In response to your notification No.___________, dt____________, on following lands, the
applicant(s) has/have interest. Details of such lands along with supporting documents pertaining to
legal rights, plot area, details of structures/plantation on it are furnished here with below.

1. Details of Lands
(Area in sq. mtrs)

Total area of Area proposed

Khata
Plot No. plot as per for Kissam Mouza Remarks
No.
ROR TDR outof 3
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Total

(Please attach self-signed photo copies of the Land ownership documents including copy of ROR,
Encumbrance Certificate, RSD, Rent receipts, Holding Tax receipts etc. indicating legal right over
the land)
 218

2. Type of structures on the proposed land:

A) Construction:

(i) Plinth area in Sq. Metres.

(ii) Type of construction (RCC Roof/Tin/Asbestos/others)

B) Plantations:
(i) Species of Tree (Photographs to be enclosed):
(ii) Age-
(iii) Numbers-

This is to certify that the above information’s are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and
belief and there is no misrepresentation of facts or fraudulent statements with respect to information
and documents furnished.

On basis of above, I request that TDR Certificate may be issued to me in lieu of lands being
proposed for surrender to Authority as per Rules and Regulations of Government of Odisha. I also
undertake to abide by all terms and conditions as given in Rules to Regulations meant for purpose.

Applicants’ Full Name:

Full Signature

List of documents enclosed:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
 219

FORM-XXIII

(REGISTER FOR TDR APPLICATIONS)

[See sub-rule (7) of rule 130]

1. Application Unique Number:

2. Date of Receipt:

3. Name of applicant:

4. Address for correspondence:

5. Mobile/Telephone No.

6. Email ID.

7. Land Details:
Area proposed
Total area of
for
Plot No. Khata No. Plot as per Kissam Mouza
TDR
RoR
Certificate
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Total

8. Status of Civil Construction on proposed Land for TDR—

1) Plinth Area in Square metres—
2) Type of Construction: — (RCC/Asbestos/Tin/Other (specifies):
3) Whether Photo submitted —Yes/No
9. Status of Plantation of trees, if any: —
(i) Species of Trees: –
(ii) Age: –
(iii) Total Numbers: –
10. List of documents submitted: –
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi) RM-III
 220

BY Speed Post
Spl. Messenger
FORM-XXIV
[See sub-rule (8) of rule 130]
Report of DSR for issue of TDR Certificates

From:
District Sub Registrar Letter No.__________
___________________________________ Date________________
___________________________________
(Correspondence Address)
To
The Authorised Officer
_______________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust
________________________
________________________
(Address for correspondence)

Sub: - Report on Benchmark Valuation and status on Encumbrance for Mz.

_________________, Khata_____________, Plot No. of
Shri____________________________________________

Ref: - 1. Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust Unique

No.________,
Name of Applicant_____________________________
2.Letter No.___________, dt. ______________(of Authorised Officer)
Sir,
In response to Letter No. and date cited above, the benchmark valuation and status on
Encumbrances of land, as given in the schedule, is given below.

• The Benchmark Value of the plot(s) given below are the latest ones and are approved by the
Government. Status on Encumbrances of the land given below are for last 30(thirty) years.

Benchmark Value per

Sq.mtr Encumbrances
Mouza Khata No. Plot No. Remarks
(in Rupees) status
In figure In words

Yours faithfully

Signature:
Name:
 221

Designation:
By Speed Post
Spl. Messanger
FORM-XXV
[See sub-rule (9) of rule 130]
Report of Tehsildar on Genealogy of Khatadars of land and local inquiry on present status of
land including encroachment.

Letter No.__________
Date: ______________
From:

The Tehsildar
______________________
______________________
(Address for correspondence)
To
The Authorised Officer,
______________________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust,
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(Address for Correspondence)

Sub: - Enquiry Report on Genealogy and on present status of land including encroachment.

Ref: - (i) Unique No. of Applicant_____________ ,

Name of applicant________________________________________

(ii)Letter No.___________ Date____________ (of Authorised officer)

Sir,
The report on genealogy of the Khatadars and local inquiry report on present status of land
under reference including encroachment is furnished below.
Genealogy:

Findings of Local Inquiry Report

The reports on genealogy and local inquiry with respect to the present status of the land has been
furnished after verification of available records and inquiry in the field.

Yours faithfully,

Signature:

Name:

Designation:
 222

Photograph(s)
of applicant
FORM-XXVI
who is granted
[See sub-rule (14) of rule-130]
TDRs

TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENTS RIGHT CERTIFICATE FOR

__________________________ MASTER PLAN AREA

TDR Certificate No. ________ Issued by: _______________ Special Planning Authority/Regional
Improvement Trust
Validity is for five years from the Date of Issue

1. This Certificate is issued under the provisions of this rules, conferring Transferable
Development Right measuring ________Square meter in favour of: -
Mr./Mrs./Ms._________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________

2. The TDR Certificate is in lieu of land surrendered to Authority by these Certificate Holders.
3. The Land Schedule of the surrendered land is as follows:
(i) Mouza: _________________
(ii) Khata No.________________
(iii)Plot No.__________________
(iv)Area surrendered__________________ Square metre (in words)
(iv) Kisam of Land________________

4. The surrender to Authority was by way of a registered conveyance deed bearing deed
No.___________,dt___________ in the office of Sub Registrar_________________ in
favour of __________________Authority having office at____________________________

5. Further these TDR Certificate can be transferred to anyone by applicant(s) by way of gift or
sale.

6. TDRs conferred through this certificate can be transferred to any other persons as per these
rules.
7. The TDR can be utilised/consumedat the sending plot or any other receiving plot within
_________ Master Plan area as per provisions of this rules and subject to provisions of
building norms in force applicable for the receiving plot.

8. TDR Certificate can be further revalidated by the Authorized Officer before its expiry as per
provisions of this rules.

Place: Authorised Officer

Date:
 223

Space for Revalidation

• Valid upto____________________ Signature of Authorised officer with date

• Revalidated upto_______________ Signature of Authorised Officer with date

Utilization and Transfer details of TDRs:

• TDR Certificate No._________________

• Total Extent of TDRs: ________________
• Issue Date: __________________________

New TDR
Extent to which TDR is Balance
Transferred Certificate
In favour of utilized/transferred. Development
/Utilized /TDUO No.
(In Sq. mtrs.) Right available
and Date
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
 224

FORM-XXVII
[See sub-rule (15) of rule 130 and sub-rule (7) of rule 132]

LEDGER OF TRANSFRABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

Land surrendered
Sl. Unique
Address for
No. No. of Name of Mouza Khata Plot
correspondence Area
Application Applicant(s) No. No.
In In
Kissam
figure words
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Certificate
issued for
TDR
Built up Date of Received Date of Signature of
area Certificate Remarks
issue by receipt Officer
(in sq. No.
mtrs)
(11) (12) (13) (12) (13) (14) (15)
 225

Photo(s) of Owner Photo(s) of Transferee

FORM-XXVIII
[See sub-rule (4) of rule
132]

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFR OF TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS

CERTIFICATE IN _______________________ MASTER PLAN AREA

From: For Office use

only
Name of Applicant (s)
Regd. No.
(Correspondence
Address in Capital Date of receipt
Letter)
Transfer fee paid
Mobile No. Rs. Challan No. &
Email ID- details with Date.

To
The Authorised Officer
___________Master Plan Area
_____________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust______________.

Sub: - Request for transfer of Transferable Development Rights (TDRs) Certificate.

Sir/Madam,

1. The Transferable Development Right Certificate issued in my/our favour as per particulars given
below may kindly be transferred in favour of Mr/Ms.__________________ as per details furnished
below. The photocopy of the TDR Certificate duly self-attested is enclosed along with other requisite
documents.
2. Particulars of TDR Certificate

A. Name of Owner(s):-
B. TDR Certificate No:-
C. Date of Issue:-
D. Extent of TDRs (in Sq. Metres):- ( In words)______________
(In figures_______________

E. Land Schedule of surrendered land :-

(i) Mouza: ____________ (ii) Khata No._____________ (iii) Plot No._________
(iv) Area: _____________ (v) Kisam of land: -_______________
 226

3. To be transferred to:

1) Name of Transferee(s):-
2) Correspondence Address:-
3) E-mail ID:-
4) Land line No:-
5) Mobile No:-
6) Amount of TDR proposed to be transferred:_________(Sq. Mtr.)

(in figure________________)
(in words________________)

All the considerations for such transfer shall be paid and received by the owner and transferee
respectively prior to issue of transfer certificate. _____________Special Planning
Authority/Regional Improvement Trust and the Authorised Officer are indemnified against all
liabilities arising out of such transfer.

The information’s furnished in the applications are true to the best of our knowledge and belief.

Yours faithfully,

Signature of Applicant(s)
Name:
Signature of Transferee
Name:
Address:
List of documents to be attached:
1. Application in prescribed form duly filled and signed.
2. Xerox copy of TDR Certificate duly signed.
3. Stamp sizephotograph 3 copies each of owner applicant and transferee duly signed at the
back.
4. ID proof copy of transferee duly signed.
5. Address proof copy of transferee duly signed.
6. Copy of the agreement in original for such transfer.
 227

FORM-XXIX
[See sub-rule (4) of rule-132]
(Register of application received for transfer of TDRs)

Built up
Registration Date TDR area
of Name of
Sl. No. of Correspondence Certificate available Name of
issue Applicant
No. application of Address No./ in TDR Transferee(s).
(s)
received. TDR Date in Sq.
mtr
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Built up
area for
Corresponde Built up which TDR Photog
Certificat Signat
nce area to be certificate Date raph
Fees e No. of Rem- ure of
address transferred is of of
paid transferee arks Office
of transferor (In Sq. issued in issue transfe
r
(s) mtr.) favour of ree
transfere
e
(9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
 228

FORM-XXX
[See sub-rule (1) of rule-133]
Application for TDR certificate Utilization Order (TCUO)

From
For office use only Regd.
Mr/Mrs/M/s
No.
(Correspondence address
Date of Receipt
Mobile No._____________
EmailID: ______________
Signature of Receiving
Officer

To
The Authorised Officer
______________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust
____________________________________

Sub: -Application for issue of TDR Certificate Utilisation Order(TCUO)

Sir,
The details of TDR Certificate(s) issued in my /our favour is/are as follows, the photocopy of
which is enclosed.

I. Name:___________________________________
TDR Certificate No.___________________________
Date of Issue-________________________________
Built up area in Sq.mt. ______________ (In figure__________________)
(In words____________________)

II. Details of Sending plot

i. Mouza:-
ii. Khata No:-
iii. Plot No.
iv. Area:-
III. Kissam Utilisation order for Transferable Development Right(TDRs) to an extent
of__________ Sq.mtrs.(In words______________________) (multiple of fifty sq.mtr.)
may be issued in my/our favour for utilisation of the same in receiving plot.The details of
the location of receiving plot is furnished herewith.
IV. Details of Receiving plot:
i. Mouza-
ii. Khata No-
iii. Plot No-
iv. Plot area-
v. Kisam-
It is requested to kindly issue utilisation order as applied for and oblige
 229

Yours faithfully,
Place:

Date:

Signature:
Name:
List of documents Enclosed:
1. TDR Certificate No.____________in original
2. TDR Certificate No._______ Xerox copy duly signed
3. Revenue sketch map plan of the receiving plot
4. Ownership document/ROR copy of receiving plot.
 230

FORM-XXXI
[See sub-rule (2) of rule 133]
To be maintained by Authorised Officer
Register of applications received for utilisation of TDR Certificate.

Date of Total extent

TDR
Sl. Date of Regd. Name of Correspondence issue of of TDRs.
Certificate
No. receipt No. Applicant(s) Address TDR (In Square
No
Certificate. mtrs.)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Details of Sending Plots Details of

the
Benchmark
originalowner Correspondence
Khata Value as per of
Mouza Plot No. Area Kissam Address
No. report of Receiving
DSR plot
(9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

Details of Receiving Plot

Extent of TDR
Area Benchmark Utilisation
(in Sq. mtrs.)
Khata (in Value square order
Mouza Plot No. Kissam permitted for
No. Square meter as per No./date
utilisation
meters) report of DSR
(17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)

Balance extent of Counter signature

TDR Building plan Signature of of
Remarks
(in square File No. Planning Officer Authorised
meters) (25) Officer

(25) (26) (27) (28) (29)

 231

By speed post
Spl. Messanger
FORM-XXXII
[See sub-rule (3) of rule-133]
For issue of Utilisation of TDR Certificates
Report on Benchmark Valuation by District Sub-Registrars.
Letter No.
Date-
From:

The District Sub-Registrar

______________________________

______________________________

To

The Authorised Officer

(Address for correspondence)
_______________________________

________________________________

Sub: Report on Benchmark Valuation for utilization of TDR Certificates under this TDR
rules

Ref: - (i) Development Authority Letter No._____________ date:_____________

Sir,

1. The latest Benchmark Values of sending plots are indicated below: –

Benchmark Value
Area in Rs. Per square
Khata
Sl. No Mouza Plot No. surrendered meter Remarks
No.
as per TDR In In
Figures words
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
 232

2. The latest Benchmark valuation of the receiving plot is given below: -

Benchmark Value
Area of the in Rs. Per square
Khata
Sl. No Mouza Plot No. receiving meter Remarks
No.
plot. In In
Figures words
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

• The latest benchmark value of the plot(s) of land are as per rates approved by the
Government.

Yours faithfully,

Signature:
Name:
Designation:

__________________Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement Trust

 233

FORM-XXXIII
[See sub-rule (7) of rule-133]
Transferable Development Right Certificate Utilization Order (TCUO)
ORDER
1.Whereas,

Mr./Mrs./M/s._____________________________________________________________

(Address)________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________ along with
all requisite documents and fees, had made an application vide Application Unique No.: ________
dated__________ for issue of TDR Certificate Utilisation Order/TCUO to the Authorised Officer.

2.Whereas, references were made to District Sub-Registrar concerned of the Sending plots and
Receiving plots, where they are located.

3.Whereas, the District sub Registrar(s) concerned vide Letter No._____________ Date__________
respectively have furnished report on the Benchmark Values and after due consideration of the
reports of concerned District Sub-Registrars and Tehsildars, Scrutiny Committee constituted under
rule-147(5) of TDR rules, recommended for issuance of TDR Certificate Utilisation Order.

4.Therefore, the applicant Mr/Mrs./Ms is hereby permitted to utilise TDR Certificate

No.___________ to a tune of _______ sq. mtr (In words__________________________
______________________________) on the receiving plot as per schedule given below:

TDR certificate No.___________, dt of issue__________

Details of Sending Plot Details of Receiving Plot

Mouza: - Mouza:

Khata No: - Khata No.:

Plot No: - Plot No.:

Area (in Sq. mtr.) _____ (in figure) Area (in Sq.mtr.) _____ (in figure)

______ (in word) ______ (in word)

Kissam: - Kissam: -

5.The TDR Certificate No.______ of Mr./Mrs./Ms._________________________ be cancelled and

Fresh TDRs Certificate be issued for balance TDRs available and requisite entries shall be made by
the officials concerned in respective registers and documents forthwith.
 234

6.Further this TCUO is to be processed/allowed/cancelled on this TDR Rules only.

By order of Chairman

Authorised Officer
Memo No.___________, dt-

Copy to Mr/Mrs./M/s
__________Address_______________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________ for
information with reference to his/her/their application dated__________ for information and
necessary action.

Authorised Officer
Memo No.___________, dt-

Copy to Authorised Officer_________________ Special Planning Authority/Regional Improvement

Trust for information and consideration of building permission with utilisation of TDR Certificate
built up area as approved subject to provisions of building norms

Authorised Officer
Memo No.___________, dt-

Copy to file concerned and guard file.

Authorised Officer
 235

FORM –XXXIV
[See sub-rule (7) of rule 133]
REGISTERS OF TDR CERTIFICATE UTILISATION ORDER
TDR
Certificate Total extent of
Sl. Order Name of the Address for No./Date TDR in the
Date
No. No. Applicant correspondence against which TDR Certificate
TCUO (Sq. Mtr.)
issued.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Receiving plot details Extent of Name of Balance

TDR Original TDRs Signature of
Area allowed for TDR s left in
Khata Plot utilization TDR Authorised Remarks
Mouza in Sq. Certificate
No. No. under
holder, if (In Officer
Mtr. TUCO (In
any. Sq.mtr.)
Sq. Mtr.)
(8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
Memo No 17996 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021
Copy forwarded to the Gazette Cell, Lokseba Bhavan, C/o-Commerce
Department, Bhubaneswar with request to publish this Notification in extraordinary
issue of the Odisha Gazette on or before 30.10.2021 and supply 50 spare copies
to this Department for reference.
The Notification is statutory and will bear SRO Number and date.
Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government

Memo No 17997 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021

Copy forwarded to the P.S. to the Hon’ble Chief Minister, Odisha / P.S. to the
Hon’ble Minister, Housing & Urban Development / P.S to Chief Secretary, Odisha /
P.S. to Development Commissoner-cum-Additional Chief Secretary, Odisha / P.S to
Principal Secretary to Govt., Housing & Urban Development Department for
information and necessary action.
Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government
Memo No 17998 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021
Copy forwarded to Vice Chairman, All Development Authorities/
Commissioners of all Municipal Corporations / Secretary, All Regional Improvement
Trusts/ All Special Planning Authorities/ the Executive Officer, All Urban Local Bodies
of the State for information and necessary action.

Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government
Memo No 17999 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021
Copy forwarded to all Departments of Government/All Heads of Departments/
R.D.C (CD), Cuttack / R.D.C(ND), Sambalpur/ R.D.C(SD), Berhampur/Secretary,
ORERA, Bhubaneswar/ Registrar, OREAT, Bhubaneswar/ All PD DUDAs/All
Collectors/ D.T.P, Odisha, Bhubaneswar for information and necessary action.

Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government

Memo No 18000 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021

Copy forwarded to the Directorate Section/ P.H, section/ Water Supply section
/ L.F.S Section / Municipal Section/ Project Section / Housing Section / Sanitation
Section / UPA Section / T.P. Section (10 spare copies), H & U.D. Department for
information and necessary action.
Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government
Memo No 18001 /HUD, Dated 26.10.2021
Copy forwarded to the TASU, H & UD Department with a request to take
necessary steps in order to make the said Notification available in the official website
of this Department.

Sd/-
Deputy Secretary to Government